2026-05-18T10:24:47Zhttps://backend.production.deepblue-documents.lib.umich.edu/server/oai/request

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/1003432021-07-28T23:40:23Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_78565

The Situation of Older Persons in Myanmar: Results from the 2012 Survey of Older Persons Knodel, John Center for Southeast Asias Studies Ann Arbor Aging Myanmar Population and Demography Social Sciences This report provides a comprehensive overview of the situation of older persons in Myanmar based on the first national survey of persons age 60 and older. Chapters examine population aging, social characteristics of older persons, economic activity and income, material well-being, living arrangements, family support and intergenerational exchanges, health and options for the future. HelpAge international http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/100343/1/Myanmar report.pdf 2013-11-03T14:00:09Z 2013-11-03T14:00:09Z 2013-03 Book John Knodel in collaboration with HelpAge international staff. 2013. The situation of older persons in Myanmar: results from the 2012 survey of older persons. Yangon: HelpAge international Myanmar country office. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/100343> https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/100343 en_US application/pdf HelpAge International

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/506132021-07-28T23:49:04Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_60161col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_49331col_2027.42_78545

Cognition and Wealth: The Importance of Probabilistic Thinking Lillard, Lee Willis, Robert J. MRRC Ann Arbor Population and Demography Social Sciences This paper utilizes a large set of subjective probability questions from the Health and Retirement Survey to construct an index measuring the precision of probabilistic beliefs (PPB) and relates this index to household choices about the riskiness of their portfolios and the rate of growth of their net worth. A theory of uncertainty aversion based on repeated sampling is proposed that resolves the Ellsberg Paradox within a conventional expected utility model. In this theory, uncertainty aversion is implied by risk aversion. This theory is then used to propose a link between an individual’s degree of uncertainty and his propensity to give "focal" answers of "0", "50_50" or "100" or "exact" answers to survey questions and the validity of this interpretation is tested empirically. Finally, an index of the precision of probabilistic thinking is constructed by calculating the fraction of probability questions to which each HRS respondent gives a non-focal answer. This index is shown to have a statistically and economically significant positive effect on the fraction of risky assets in household portfolios and on the rate of growth of these assets longitudinally. These results suggest that there is systematic variation in the competence of individuals to manage investment accounts that should be considered in designing policies to create individual retirement accounts in the Social Security system. Social Security Administration http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/50613/1/wp007.pdf 2007-04-26T15:47:34Z 2007-04-26T15:47:34Z 2001-06 Working Paper https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/50613 en_US WP 2001-007 1194418 bytes application/pdf application/pdf Michigan Retirement Research Center, University of Michigan, P.O. Box 1248, Ann Arbor, MI 48104

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/756222021-07-28T23:50:20Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78545

Time Out for Childcare: Signalling and Earnings Rebound Effects for Men and Women Stafford, Frank P. Sundström, Marianne Frank P. Stafford, Department of Economics, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109, USA. Marianne SundstrÖm, Demography Unit, Stockholm University, S-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden. Economics Business The wage cost of time out of the labor force for childcare is important in order to understand the functioning of labor markets and for public policy. This paper reviews the literature and identifies several limitations. Using employment records of a large Swedish company over the period 1983-88, we demonstrate an alternative approach for estimating earnings effects and find a year out costs 1.7 percent of earnings for a woman and 5.2 percent for a man. This large effect for men raises questions of signalling costs. For both men and women, earnings‘'rebound'’for time out in the more distant past. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/75622/1/j.1467-9914.1996.tb00102.x.pdf 2010-06-01T22:38:52Z 2010-06-01T22:38:52Z 1996-09 Article Stafford, Frank P.; SundstrÖm, Marianne (1996). "Time Out for Childcare: Signalling and Earnings Rebound Effects for Men and Women." LABOUR 10(3): 609-629. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/75622> 1121-7081 1467-9914 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/75622 10.1111/j.1467-9914.1996.tb00102.x LABOUR BjÖrklund A. ( 1989 ) “ Potentials and Pitfalls of Panel Data ”, European Economic Review 33: 537 – 546. Blinder A. S. ( 1976 ) “ On Dogmatism in Human Capital Theory ”, Journal of Human Resources 11: 8 – 22. Blinder A. S. and Weiss Y. ( 1976 ) “ Human Capital and Labor Supply: A Synthesis ”, Journal of Political Economy 84: 449 – 472. Bowen W. G. and Finegan T. A. ( 1969 ) The Economics of Labor Force Participation, Princeton: Princeton University Press. Burtless G. ( 1985 ) “ Are Targeted Wage Subsidies Harmful? Evidence from a Wage Voucher Experiment ”, Industrial and Labor Relations Review 39: 105 – 114. Corcoran M. and Duncan G. J. ( 1979 ) “ Work History, Labor Force Attachment, and Earnings Differences Between the Races and the Sexes ”, Journal of Human Resources 14: 3 – 20. Corcoran M, Duncan G. J. and Ponza M. ( 1983 ) “ A Longitudinal Analysis of White Women's Wages ”, Journal of Human Resources 28: 497 – 520. Dolton P. J. and Makepeace G. H. ( 1987 ) “ Marital Status, Child Rearing and Earnings Differentials in the Graduate Labour Market ”, Economic Journal 97: 897 – 922. Duncan G. J. and Hill D. ( 1985 ) “ An Investigation of the Extent and Consequences of Measurement Error in Labor Economic Survey Data ”, Journal of Labor Economics 3: 508 – 532. Duncan G. J. and Stafford F. P. ( 1980 ) “ Do Union Members Earn Compensating Wage Differentials ?” American Economic Review 70: 355 – 371. Gronau R. ( 1988 ) “ Sex-Related Wage Differentials and Women's Interrupted Labor Careers — the Chicken or the Egg ”, Journal of Labor Economics 6: 277 – 301. Groot L. F. M., Schippers J. J. and Siegers J. J. ( 1988 ) “ The Effect of Interruptions and Part-Time Work on Women's Wage Rate: A Test of the Variable-Intensity Model ”, De Economist 136: 220 – 238. Gustafsson S. S. ( 1981 ) “ Male-Female Lifetime Earnings Differentials ”, in Eliasson G. et al. ( Eds. ) Studies in Labor Market Behavior Sweden and the United States, Stockholm: The Industrial Institute for Social and Economic Studies. Gustafsson S. S. and Stafford F. P. ( 1994 ) “ Three Regimes of Childcare: the United States, the Netherlands, and Sweden ”, in Blank R. ( Ed. ) Social Protection Versus Economic Flexibility: Is There a Trade-off ? Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Haas L. ( 1992 ) Equal Parenthood and Social Policy: A Study of Parental Leave in Sweden, Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Hausman J. A. ( 1978 ) “ Specification Tests in Econometrics ”, Econometrica 46: 1251 – 1271. Hill M. ( 1979 ) “ The Wage Effects of Marital Status and Children ”, Journal of Human Resources 14: 579 – 694. Hsiao C. ( 1986 ) Analysis of Panel Data, New York: Cambridge University Press. Jones E. B. and Long J. E. ( 1979 ) “ Part-Week Work and Human Capital Investment by Married Women ”, Journal of Human Resources 14: 563 – 578. Juster T. F. and Stafford F. P. ( 1991 ) “ The Allocation of Time: Empirical Findings, Behavioral Models, and Problems of Measurement ”, Journal of Economic Literature 29: 471 – 522. Kim M. K. and Polachek S. W. ( 1994 ) “ Panel Estimates of Male-Female Earnings Functions ”, Journal of Human Resources 29: 406 – 428. Korenman S. and Neumark D. ( 1992 ) “ Marriage, Motherhood and Wages ”, Journal of Human Resources 27: 234 – 255. Leibowitz A., Klerman J. A. and Waite L. J. ( 1992 ) “ Employment of New Mothers and Child Care Choice ”, Journal of Human Resources 27: 112 – 133. Medoff J. and Abraham K. ( 1981 ) “ Are Those Paid More Really More Productive ?” Journal of Human Resources 14: 186 – 216. Mincer J. ( 1974 ) Schooling, Experience and Earnings, New York: Columbia University Press. Mincer J. and Polachek S. W. ( 1974 ) “ Family Investments in Human Capital: Earnings of Women ”, Journal of Political Economy 82: 576 – 608. Mincer J. and Ofek H. ( 1982 ) “ Interrupted Work Careers: Depreciation and Restoration of Human Capital ”, Journal of Human Resources 17: 3 – 24. Moffitt R. ( 1983 ) “ An Economic Model of Welfare Stigma ”, American Economic Review 73: 1023 – 1035. Nakosteen R. A. and Zimmer M. A. ( 1987 ) “ Marital Status and Earnings of Young Men ”, Journal of Human Resources 22: 248 – 268. National Insurance Board ( 1992 ) SocialfÖrsÄkringsstatistik, Fakta 1992 ( Social Insurance Statistics ), Stockholm. Ryder H. E., Stafford F. P. and Stephan P. ( 1976 ) “ Labor, Leisure and Training over the Life Cycle ”, International Economic Review 17: 651 – 674. Spence M. ( 1973 ) “ Job Market Signalling ”, Quarterly Journal of Economics 87: 355 – 379. SundstrÖm M. ( 1991 ) Hur pÃverkar fÖrÄldraledighet lÖnerna? (How Does Parental Leave Affect Wages?) Ekonomisk debatt 19: 230 – 238. SundstrÖm M. ( 1993 ) “ The Role of the Parental Leave Program for Sweden's High Rate of Female Labor Force Participation and Fertility ”, Stockholm Research Reports in Demography 78, Demography Unit, Stockholm University, Stockholm. SundstrÖm M. and Stafford F. P. ( 1992 ) “ Female Labour Force Participation, Fertility and Public Policy in Sweden ”, European Journal of Population 8: 199 – 215. Wu D. M. ( 1973 ) “ Alternative Tests of Independence Between Stochastic Regressors and Disturbances ”, Econometrica 41: 733 – 750. 1996 Fondazione Giacomo Brodolini 990475 bytes 3109 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Blackwell Publishing Ltd

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/493952021-07-28T23:39:22Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_49331col_2027.42_78545

How Accurate are Expected Retirement Savings? Haider, Steven J. Stephens, Mel Jr. University of Michigan Retirement Research Center Institute for Social Research Michigan State University Carnegie Mellon University and NBER Ann Arbor Population and Demography Social Sciences This paper examines the ability of workers nearing retirement to report their expected retirement savings, where retirement savings refers to funds held in savings, checking, and investment-type accounts. Responding to such a question is likely to be difficult, even for those who are near retirement, because it requires respondents to assess when they will retire, their likely income stream between the survey date and retirement, and what portfolio choices will be made at retirement. Based on two nationally representative surveys collected two decades apart, we find that most individuals provide some response to the question, particularly when they are allowed to provide a range. Moreover, the responses that are given have substantial predictive power for actual retirement savings, even when compared to the savings in the initial wave. Despite this predictive power, there is evidence that responses do not satisfy the more stringent requirements of the rational expectations hypothesis. Social Security Administration http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/49395/1/wp128.pdf 2007-02-12T22:48:18Z 2007-02-12T22:48:18Z 2006-09 Working Paper https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/49395 en_US WP 2006-128 313427 bytes application/pdf application/pdf Michigan Retirement Research Center, University of Michigan, P.O. Box 1248, Ann Arbor, MI 48104

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/655512021-07-28T23:40:38Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78414col_2027.42_78415col_2027.42_78545

Two-Level Proportional Hazards Models Maples, Jerry J. Murphy, Susan A. Axinn, William G. Department of Statistics and Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, 4092 Frieze Building, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109–1285, U.S.A. Department of Sociology and Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, ISR-4046, 426 Thompson Street, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48106–1248, U.S.A. The Methodology Center and Department of Statistics, Pennsylvania State University,326 Thomas Building, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802, U.S.A. EM Algorithm Frailty Model Hazard Model Multilevel Profile Likelihood Random Coefficient Semiparametric Likelihood Survival Analysis Mathematics Science We extend the proportional hazards model to a two-level model with a random intercept term and random coefficients. The parameters in the multilevel model are estimated by a combination of EM and Newton-Raphson algorithms. Even for samples of 50 groups, this method produces estimators of the fixed effects coefficients that are approximately unbiased and normally distributed. Two different methods, observed information and profile likelihood information, will be used to estimate the standard errors. This work is motivated by the goal of understanding the determinants of contraceptive use among Nepalese women in the Chitwan Valley Family Study (Axinn, Barber, and Ghimire, 1997). We utilize a two-level hazard model to examine how education and access to education for children covary with the initiation of permanent contraceptive use. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/65551/1/j.0006-341X.2002.00754.x.pdf 2010-04-01T15:05:15Z 2010-04-01T15:05:15Z 2002-12 Article Maples, Jerry J.; Murphy, Susan A.; Axinn, William G. (2002). "Two-Level Proportional Hazards Models." Biometrics 58(4): 754-763. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/65551> 0006-341X 1541-0420 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/65551 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/sites/entrez?cmd=retrieve&db=pubmed&list_uids=12495129&dopt=citation 12495129 10.1111/j.0006-341X.2002.00754.x Biometrics Aalen, O. ( 1976 ). Nonparametric inference in connection with multiple decrement models. Scandinavian Journal of Statistics 3, 15 – 27. Andersen, P., Borgan, O., Gill, R., and Keiding, N. ( 1988 ). Censoring, truncation and filtering in statistical methods based on counting processes. Contemporary Mathematics 80, 19 – 60. Andersen, P., Borgan, O., Gill, R., and Keiding, N. ( 1993 ). Statistical Models Based on Counting Processes. New York : Springer-Verlag. Arjas, E. and Haara, P. ( 1984 ). A marked point process approach to censored failure data with complicated covariates. Scandinavian Journal of Statistics 11, 193 – 209. Axinn, W. ( 1993 ). The effects of children's schooling on fertility limitation. Population Studies 47, 481 – 493. Axinn, W. and Barber, J. ( 2001 ). Mass education and fertility limitation. American Sociological Review 66, 481 – 505. Axinn, W. and Yabiku, S. ( 2001 ). Social change, the social organization of families, and fertility limitation. American Journal of Sociology 106, 1219 – 1261. Axinn, W., Barber, J., and Ghimire, D. ( 1997 ). Sociological methodology. In : The Neighborhood History Calendar, A. Raftery ( ed. ), 355 – 392. Oxford : Blackwell Publishers. Axinn, W., Pearce, L., and Ghimire, D. ( 1999 ). Innovations in life history calendar applications. Social Science Research 28, 243 – 264. Barber, J., Murphy, S., Axinn, W., and Maples, J. ( 2000 ). Discrete time multilevel hazards analysis. Sociological Methodology 30, 201 – 235. Bryk, A. and Raudenbush, S. ( 1992 ). Hierarchical Linear Models. Thousand Oaks, California : Sage Publications. Clayton, D. ( 1978 ). A model for association in bivariate life tables. Biometrika 65, 141 – 151. Clayton, D. and Cuzick, J. ( 1985 ). Multivariate generalizations of the proportional hazards model. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A 148, 82 – 117. Cox, D. ( 1972 ). Regression models and life tables. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series B 34, 187 – 220. Dempster, A., Laird, N., and Rubin, D. ( 1977 ). Maximum likelihood estimation from incomplete data via the EM algorithm. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series B 39, 1 – 38. Diamond, I. D., McDonald, J. W., and Shah, I. H. ( 1986 ). Proportional hazards models for current status data: Application to the study of differentials in age at weaning in Pakistan. Demography 23, 607 – 620. Fahrmeir, L. and Tutz, G. ( 1994 ). Multivariate Statistical Modelling Based on Generalized Linear Models. New York : Springer-Verlag. Freedman, D., Thornton, A., Camburn, D., Alwin, D., and Yong-DeMarco, L. ( 1988 ). The life history calendar: A technique for collecting retrospective data. In Sociological Methodology 1988, C. C. Clogg ( ed. ), 37 – 38. Washington, D.C. : American Sociological Association. Gilks, W., Clayton, D., Spiegelhalter, D., Best, N., and McNeil, A. ( 1993 ). Modeling complexity: Applications of Gibbs sampling in medicine. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series B 55, 39 – 52. Guo, G. and Rodriguez, G. ( 1992 ). Estimating a multivariate proportional hazards model for clustered data using the EM algorithm. Journal of the American Statistical Association 87, 969 – 976. Gustafson, P. ( 1997 ). Large hierarchical Bayesian analysis of multivariate survival data. Biometrics 53, 230 – 242. Hedeker, D. and Gibbons, R. ( 1994 ). A random-effects ordinal regression model for multilevel analysis. Biometrics 50, 993 – 944. Hedeker, D. and Gibbons, R. ( 1996 ). MIXOR: A computer program for mixed effects ordinal regression analysis. Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine 49, 157 – 176. Kalbfleisch, J. and Prentice, R. ( 1980 ). The Statistical Analysis of Failure Time Data. New York : Wiley. Klein, J. ( 1992 ). Semiparametric estimation of random effects using the Cox model based on the EM algorithm. Biometrics 48, 795 – 806. Kreft, I., Leeuw, J., and Aiken, L. ( 1994 ). The effect of different forms of centering in hierarchical linear models. Technical Report 30. Research Triangle Park, North Carolina: National Institute of Statistical Sciences. Liang, K., Self, S., and Chang, Y. ( 1993 ). Modeling marginal hazards in multivariate failure time data. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series B 55, 441 – 453. Louis, T. ( 1982 ). Finding observed information using the EM algorithm. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series B 44, 98 – 130. McGilchrist, C. and Aisbett, C. ( 1991 ). Regression with frailty in survival analysis. Biometrics 47, 461 – 466. Murphy, S. and van der Vaart, A. ( 1996 ). Semiparametric likelihood ratio inference. Technical Report 96–03. University Park, Pennsylvania: Pennsylvania State University, Department of Statistics. Murphy, S. and van der Vaart, A. ( 2000 ). On profile likelihood. Journal of the American Statistical Association 95, 449 – 485. Nielsen, G., Gill, R., Andersen, P., and Sorensen, T. ( 1992 ). A counting process approach to maximum likelihood estimation in frailty models. Scandinavian Journal of Statistics 19, 25 – 43. Oakes, D. ( 1982 ). A model for bivariate survival data. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series B 44, 414 – 422. Oakes, D. ( 1989 ). Bivariate survival models induced by frailties. Journal of the American Statistical Association 84, 487 – 493. Patefield, W. ( 1977 ). On the maximized likelihood function. Sankhya, Series B 39, 92 – 96. Raudenbush, S., Yang, M., and Yosef, M. ( 2000 ). Maximum likelihood for generalized linear models with nested random effects via high-order, multivariate Laplace approximation. Journal of Computational and Graphical Statistics 9, 141 – 157. Rodriguez, G. and Goldman, N. ( 1995 ). An assessment of estimation procedures for multilevel models with binary responses. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A 158, 73 – 89. Sargent, D. ( 1998 ). A general framework for random effects survival analysis in the Cox proportional hazards setting. Biometrics 54, 1486 – 1497. Sastry, N. ( 1997 ). A nested frailty model for survival data. Journal of the American Statistical Association 92, 426 – 435. Sinha, D. and Dey, D. ( 1997 ). Semiparametric Bayesian analysis of survival data. Journal of the American Statistical Association 92, 1195 – 1212. Vaida, F. and Xu, R. ( 2000 ). Proportional hazards model with random effects. Statistics in Medicine 19, 3309 – 3324. Vaupel, J., Manton, K., and Stallard, E. ( 1979 ). The impact of heterogeneity in individual frailty on the dynamics of mortality. Demography 16, 439 – 454. Yashin, A., Vaupel, J., and Iachine, I. ( 1995 ). Correlated individual frailty: An advantageous approach to survival analysis of bivariate data. Demography 34, 31 – 48. The International Biometric Society, 2002 IndexNoFollow 1054873 bytes 3110 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Blackwell Publishing Ltd

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/833282021-07-28T23:41:29Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565

Fertility and Family Life in an Indian Village Poffenberger, Thomas Population Studies Center School of Education Shirley B. Poffenberger, Bihari Pundya, Rupa Patel, Smita Patel, Taru Parikh, Katy Mohta, Manubhai Patel Ann Arbor Indian Fertility Behavior Longitudinal Intervies and Observations of Indian Village Families. Ford Foundation Supported Indian Family Planning Program Beginning in 1963. Population and Demography Social Sciences The first author was a viting professor in the Department of Child Develoment, University of Baroda, Gujarat State, India. A long term study was undertaken of a sample of 66 families from four major casts. Including the author and his wife and six staff members interviewed and observed these families from 1963 to 1967. Followup interview were conducted for several year after. In the first year of the study, the findings indiated that a desired family size at that time was two sons and a daughter, that they did not want any method of control such as the IUD recommended by American advisors to the Indian Govermnet but wanted to keep having childen until they had the numbers desired. They preferred tubal ligation to vasectomy since the wife was not protected and if became pregnant as a result of extra marital relatioships. Also as one wife said, "My mother-in-law did not want her boy to be hurt." A follow-up study of the insertion and rejection rates in six Delhi clinics found the IUD was not acceptable. Ford Foudation, New York, India office. Department of Child Development, University of Baroda, Gujarat, India. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/83328/1/Michigan Paper #10.JPG -1 2011-03-22T22:43:02Z 2011-03-22T22:43:02Z 2011-03-22T22:43:02Z 1975 Book 0-89148-010-2 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/83328 en_US Michigan Papers on South and Southeast Asia #10 image/jpeg

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/747952021-10-08T22:21:43Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78367

Social and Environmental Predictors of Maternal Depression in Current and Recent Welfare Recipients Siefert, Kristine A. Bowman, Phillip J. Heflin, Colleen M. Danziger, Sheldon H. Williams, David R. NIMH Research Center on Poverty, Risk, and Mental Health, School of Social Work, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor University of California Medical Center, Los Angeles Institute for Social Research, Ann Arbor Psychiatry Health Sciences Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/74795/1/h0087688.pdf 2010-06-01T21:45:10Z 2010-06-01T21:45:10Z 2000-10 Article Siefert, Kristine; Bowman, Phillip J.; Heflin, Colleen M.; Danziger, Sheldon; Williams, David R. (2000). "Social and Environmental Predictors of Maternal Depression in Current and Recent Welfare Recipients." American Journal of Orthopsychiatry 70(4): 510-522. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/74795> 0002-9432 1939-0025 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/74795 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/sites/entrez?cmd=retrieve&db=pubmed&list_uids=11086529&dopt=citation 11086529 10.1037/h0087688 American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Almeida, D.M., & Kessler, R.C. ( 1998 ). Everyday stressors and gender differences in daily distress. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75, 670 – 680. Amaro, H., Russo, N.F., & Johnson, J. ( 1987 ). Family and work predictors of psychological well-being among Hispanic women professionals. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 11, 505 – 521. American Psychiatric Association. ( 1987 ). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders ( Third ed., rev. ), Washington, DC: Author. Bassuk, E.L., Browne, A., & Buckner, J.C. ( 1996 ). Single mothers and welfare. Scientific American, 275, 60 – 63. Bindman, A.B., Grumbach, K., Osmond, D., Vranizan, K., & Stewart, A.L. ( 1996 ). Primary care and receipt of preventive services. Journal of General Internal Medicine, 11, 269 – 276. Blanchard, E.B., Buckley, T.C., Hickling, E.J., & Taylor, A.E. ( 1998 ). Posttraumatic stress disorder and comorbid major depression: Is the correlation an illusion? Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 12, 21 – 37. Blazer, D.G., Kessler, R.C., McGonagle, K.A., & Swartz, M.S. ( 1994 ). The prevalence and distribution of major depression in a national community sample: The National Comorbidity Survey. American Journal of Psychiatry, 151, 983 – 989. Bleich, A., Koslowsky, M., Dolev, A., & Lerer, B. ( 1997 ). Posttraumatic stress disorder and depression. British Journal of Psychiatry, 170, 479 – 482. Bobo, L. ( 1995 ). Surveying racial discrimination: Analyses from a multiethnic labor market ( Working Paper #75 ). New York: Russell Sage Foundation. Booth, C.L., Mitchell, S.K., Barnard, K.E., & Spieker, S.J. ( 1989 ). Development of maternal social skills in multiproblem families: Effects on the mother-child relationship. Developmental Psychology, 25, 403 – 412. Boyce, P., Harris, M., Silove, D., Morgan, A., Wilhelm, K., & Hadzi-Pavtovic, D. ( 1998 ). Psychosocial factors associated with depression: A study of socially disadvantaged women with young children. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 186, 3 – 11. Breslau, N., & Davis, G. C. ( 1986 ). Chronic stress and major depression. Archives of General Psychiatry, 43, 309 – 314. Breslau, N., Davis, G.C., Peterson, E.L., & Schultz, L.R. ( 1997 ). Psychiatric sequelae of posttraumatic stress disorder in women. Archives of General Psychiatry, 54, 81 – 87. Bromet, E., Sonnega, A., & Kessler, R.C. ( 1998 ). Risk factors for DSM-III-R posttraumatic stress disorder: Findings from the National Comorbidity Survey. American Journal of Epidemiology, 147, 352 – 361. Brown, C., Schulberg, H.C., Madonia, M.J., Shear, M.K., & Houck, P.R. ( 1996 ). Treatment outcomes for primary care patients with major depression and lifetime anxiety disorders. American Journal of Psychiatry, 153, 1293 – 1300. Bruce, M.L., Takeuchi, D.T., & Leaf, P.J. ( 1991 ). Poverty and psychiatric status. Archives of General Psychiatry, 48, 470 – 474. Chavkin, W., Romero, D., & Wise, P.H. ( 2000 ). State welfare reform policies and declines in health insurance. American Journal of Public Health, 90, 900 – 908. Checkley, S. ( 1992 ). Neuroendocrine mechanisms and the precipitation of depression by life events. British Journal of Psychiatry, 15 ( Suppl ), 7 – 17. Checkley, S. ( 1996 ). The neuroendocrinology of depression and chronic stress. British Medical Bulletin, 52, 597 – 617. Coie, J.D., Watt, N.F., West, S.G., Hawkins, J.D., Asarnow, J.R., Markman, H.J., Ramey, S.L., Shure, M.B., & Long, B. ( 1993 ). The science of prevention: A conceptual framework and some directions for a national research program. American Psychologist, 48, 1013 – 1022. Cornelius, L.J., Bureaugard, K., & Cohen, J. ( 1991 ). Usual sources of medical care and their characteristics ( National Medical Expenditure Survey Research Findings 11 ). Rockville, MD: Public Health Service ( ACPHR Pub. No. 91–0042 ). Coryell, W., Endicott, J., & Keller, M. ( 1990 ). Outcome of patients with chronic affective disorder: A five-year follow-up. American Journal of Psychiatry, 147, 1627 – 1633. Culbertson, F.M. ( 1997 ). Depression and gender: An international review. American Psychologist, 52, 25 – 31. Danziger, S., & Gottschalk, P. ( 1995 ). America Unequal. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Danziger, S.K., Corcoran, M.E., Danziger, S., Heflin, C.M., Kalil, A., Levine, J.A., Rosen, D., Seefeldt, K.S., Siefert, K., & Tolman, R. ( 2000 ). Barriers to the employment of welfare recipients. In R. Cherry & W. Rodgers ( Eds. ), Prosperity for all? The economic boom and African Americans ( pp. 245 – 278 ). New York: Russell Sage Foundation. Field, T. ( 1992 ). Infants of depressed mothers. Development and Psychopathology, 4, 49 – 66. Ford, D. ( 1994 ). Recognition and underrecognition of mental disorders in adult primary care. In J. Miranda, A. Hohmann, C. Attkisson, & D. Larson ( Eds. ), Mental disorders in primary care ( pp. 186 – 205 ). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Furstenberg, F.F., Jr., Cook, T.D., Eccles, J., Elser, G.H., & Sameroff, A. ( 1998 ). Managing to make it: Urban families in high-risk neighborhoods. Unpublished manuscript. Garret, B., & Holahan, J. ( 2000 ). Health insurance coverage after welfare reform. Health Affairs, 19, 175 – 184. Gerber, P.D., Barrett, J., Barrett, J., Manheimer, E., Whiting, R., & Smith, R. ( 1989 ). Recognition of depression in internists in primary care: A comparison of internist and gold standard psychiatric assessments. Journal of General Internal Medicine, 4, 7 – 13. Heneghan, A.M., Silver, E.J., Bauman, L.J., Westbrook, L.E., & Stein, R.E., ( 1998 ). Depressive symptoms in inner-city mothers of young children: Who is at risk? Pediatrics, 102, 1394 – 1400. Heuser, I. ( 1998 ). The hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal system in depression. Pharmacopsychiatry, 31, 10 – 13. Hobfoll, S.E., Ritter, C., Lavin, J., Hulsizer, M.R., & Cameron, R.P. ( 1995 ). Depression prevalence and incidence among inner-city pregnant and postpartum women. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 63, 445 – 453. Jargowsky, P. ( 1997 ). Poverty and place: Ghettos, barrios, and the American city. New York: Russell Sage Foundation. Judd, L.L., Kessler, R.C., Paulus, M.P., Zeller, P.V., Wittchen, H.U., & Kunovac, J.L. ( 1998 ). Comorbidity as a fundamental feature of generalized anxiety disorders: Results from the National Comorbidity Study (NCS). Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 98 ( Suppl. 393 ), 6 – 11. Kahn, R.S., Wise, P.H., Finkelstein, J.A., Bernstein, H.H., Lowe, J.A., & Homer, C.J. ( 1999 ). The scope of unmet maternal health needs in pediatric settings. Pediatrics, 103, 576 – 581. Kathol, R.G., Jaeckle, R.S., Lopez, J.F., & Meller, W.H. ( 1989 ). Pathophysiology of HPA axis abnormalities in patients with major depression: An update. American Journal of Psychiatry, 146, 311 – 317. Katon, W., Von Korff, M., Lin, E., Walker, E., Simon, G.E., Bush, T., Robinson, P. & Russo, J. ( 1995 ). Collaborative management to achieve treatment guidelines: impact on depression in primary care. Journal of the American Medical Association, 273, 1026 – 1031. Kendler, K.S. ( 1995 ). Genetic epidemiology in psychiatry. Archives of General Psychiatry, 52, 895 – 899. Kendler, K.S. ( 1997 ). Major depression and generalised anxiety disorder. Same genes, (partly) different environments-revisited. British Journal of Psychiatry, 168 ( Suppl. 30 ), 68 – 75. Kendler, K.S. ( 1998 ). Major depression and the environment: A psychiatric genetic perspective. Pharmacopsychiatry, 31, 5 – 9. Kendler, K.S., Karkowski, L.M., & Prescott, C.A. ( 1998 ). Stressful life events and major depression: Risk period, long-term contextual threat and diagnostic specificity. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 186, 661 – 669. Kendler, K.S., & Karkowski-Shuman, L.M. ( 1997 ). Stressful life events and genetic liability to major depression: Genetic control of exposure to the environment. Psychological Medicine, 27, 539 – 547. Kendler, K.S., Kessler, R.C., Neale, M.C., Heath, A.C., & Eaves, L.J. ( 1993 ). The prediction of major depression in women: Toward an integrated etiological model. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 1139 – 1148. Kendler, K.S., Kessler, R.C., Walters, E.E., MacLean, C., Neale, M.C., Health, A.C., & Eaves, L.J. ( 1995 ). Stressful life events, genetic liability, and onset of an episode of major depression in women. American Journal of Psychiatry, 152, 833 – 842. Kessler, R.C., Andrews, G., Morczek, D., Ustun, B., & Wittchen, H.U. ( in press ). The World Health Organization Composite International Diagnostic Interview Short-Form (CIDI-SF). International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research. Kessler, R.C., Davis, C.G., & Kendler, K.S. ( 1997 ). Childhood adversity and adult psychiatric disorder in the US National Comorbidity Survey. Psychological Medicine, 27, 1101 – 1119. Kessler, R.C., Nelson, C.B., McGonagle, K.A., Liu, J., Swartz, M., & Blazer, D.G. ( 1996 ). Comorbidity of DSM-III-R Major Depressive Disorder in the general population: Results from the US National Comorbidity Survey. British Journal of Psychiatry, 168 ( Suppl. 30 ), 17 – 30. Kessler, R.C., McGonagle, K.A., Zhao, S., Nelson, C.B., Hughes, M., Eshleman, S., Wittchen, H.U., & Kendler, K.S. ( 1994 ). Lifetime and 12-month prevalence of DSM-III-R psychiatric disorders in the United States: Results from the National Comorbidity Survey. Archives of General Psychiatry, 51, 8 – 19. Kessler, R.C., Mickelson, K.D., and Williams, D.R. ( 1999 ). The prevalence, distribution, and mental health correlates of perceived discrimination in the United States, Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 40, 208 – 230. Kessler, R.C., Zhao, S., Blazer, D.G., & Swartz, M. ( 1997 ). Prevalence, correlates, and course of minor depression and major depression in the National Comorbidity Survey. Journal of Affective Disorders, 45, 19 – 30. Kiraly, S.J., Ancill, R.J., & Dimitrova, G. ( 1997 ). The relationship of endogenous Cortisol to psychiatric disorder: A review. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 42, 415 – 420. Krieger, N., Rowley, D.L., Herman, A.A., Avery, B., & Phillips, M.T. ( 1993 ). Racism, sexism, and social class: Implications for studies of health, disease, and well-being. American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 9 ( 6 Suppl. ), 82 – 122. Krieger, N., & Zierler, S. ( 1995 ). What explains the public's health? A call for epidemiologic theory. Epidemiology, 7, 107 – 109. Kupfer, D.J. ( 1993 ). Management of recurrent depression. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 54 ( Suppl. 2 ), 29 – 33. Landrine, H., & Klonoff, E.A. ( 1996 ). The Schedule of Racist Events: A measure of racial discrimination and a study of its negative physical and mental health consequences. Journal of Black Psychology, 22, 144 – 168. Leadbeater, B.J., & Bishop, S.J. ( 1994 ). Predictors of behavior problems in preschool children of inner-city Afro-American and Puerto Rican adolescent mothers. Child Development, 65, 638 – 648. Leiman, J.M., Meyer, J.E., Rothschild, N., & Simon, L.J. ( 1997 ). Selected facts on US women's health: A chart book. New York: Commonwealth Fund. Levitan, R.D., Parikh, S.V., Lesage, A.D., Hegadoren, K.M., Adams, M., Kennedy, S.H., & Goering, P. N. ( 1998 ). Major depression in individuals with a history of childhood physical or sexual abuse: Relationship to neurovegative features, mania, and gender. American Journal of Psychiatry, 155, 1746 – 1752. Lin, E.H., Katon, W.J., Von Korff, M., Russo, J.E., Simon, G.E., Bush, T.M., Rutter, C.M., Walker, E.A., & Ludman, E. ( 1998 ). Relapse of depression in primary care: Rate and clinical predictors. Archives of Family Medicine, 7, 443 – 449. Link, B.G., & Phelan, J.C. ( 1995 ). Social conditions as fundamental causes of disease. Journal of Health and Social Behavior ( Special Issue ), 80 – 94. Maclntyre, S., MacIver, S., & Sooman, A. ( 1993 ). Area, class, and health: should we be focusing on places or people? Journal of Social Policy, 22, 213 – 234. McKinlay, J.B. ( 1993 ). The promotion of health through planned sociopolitical change: Challenges for research and policy. Social Science and Medicine, 36, 109 – 117. Merikangas, K.R. ( 1990 ). Comorbidity for anxiety and depression: Review of family and genetic studies. In J.D. Maser & C.R. Cloninger ( Eds. ), Comorbidity of mood and anxiety disorders ( pp. 331 – 348 ). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press. National Advisory Mental Health Council. ( 1996 ). Basic behavioral science research for mental health: Sociocultural and environmental processes. American Psychologist, 51, 722 – 731. National Advisory Mental Health Council Work Group on Mental Disorders Prevention Research. ( 1998 ). Priorities for prevention research at NIMH ( NIH Pub. No. 98–4321 ). Rockville, MD: National Institute of Mental Health. National Center for Health Statistics. ( 1994 ). Plan and operation of the Third National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey, 1988–1994 ( Vital and Health Statistics Ser. 1, No. 32 ). Hyattsville, MD: Author. National Institutes of Health/National Institute of Mental Health. ( 1996 ). A plan for prevention research for the National Institute of Mental Health: A report to the National Advisory Mental Health Council ( NIH Publication No. 96–4093 ). Rockville, MD: Author. Noh, S., Beiser, M., Kaspar, V., Hou, F., & Rummens, J. ( 1999 ). Perceived racial discrimination, depression, and coping: A study of Southeast Asian refugees in Canada. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 40, 193 – 207. Nolen-Hoeksema, S. ( 1990 ). Sex differences in depression. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Olfson, M., Fireman, B., Weissman, M.M., Leon, A.C., Sheehan, D.V., Kathol, R.G., Hoven, C., & Farber, L. ( 1997 ). Mental disorders and disability among patients in a primary care group practice. American Journal of Psychiatry, 154, 1734 – 1740. Padgett, D.K. ( 1997 ). Women's mental health: Some directions for research. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 67, 522 – 534. Pearlin, L., Menaghan, E.M., Lieberman, M.A., & Mulan, J.T. ( 1981 ). The stress process. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 22, 337 – 356. Perez-Stable, E.J., Miranda, J., Munoz, R.F., & Ying, Y.W. ( 1990 ). Depression in medical outpatients: Underrecognition and misdiagnosis. Archives of Internal Medicine, 150, 1083 – 1088. Post, R. M. ( 1992 ). Transduction of psychosocial stress into the neurobiology of recurrent affective disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 149, 999 – 1010. Quint, J.C., Bos, J.M., & Polit, D.F. ( 1997 ). New Chance: Final report on a comprehensive program for young mothers in poverty and their children. New York: Manpower Demonstration Research Corp. Reiss, D., & Price, R.H. ( 1996 ). National research agenda for prevention research: The National Institute of Mental Health Report. American Psychologist, 51, 1109 – 1115. Ren, X.S., Amick, B.C., & Williams, D.R. ( 1999 ). Racial/ethnic disparities in health; The interplay between discrimination and socioeconomic status. Ethnicity and Disease, 9, 151 – 65. Robins, L.N., & Regier, D. ( 1991 ). Psychiatric disorders in America: The Epidemiologic Catchment Area Study. New York: Free Press. Robins, L.N., Wing, J., Wittchen, H.U., Helzer, J.E., Babor, T.F., Burke, J.D., Farmer, A., Jablenski, A., Pickens, R., Regier, D.A., Sartorius, N., & Towle, L.M. ( 1988 ). The Composite International Diagnostic Interview: An epidemiologic instrument suitable for use in conjunction with different diagnostic systems and in different cultures. Archives of General Psychiatry, 45, 1069 – 1077. Roy, A. ( 1987 ). Five risk factors for depression. British Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 536 – 541. Rubin, R.T. ( 1989 ). Pharmacoendocrinology of major depression. Psychiatric Neural Sciences, 238, 259 – 267. Rumbaut, R.G. ( 1994 ). The crucible within: Ethnic identity, self-esteem, and segmented assimilation among children of immigrants. International Migration Review, 28, 748 – 794. Salomon, A., Bassuk, S.S., & Brooks, M.G. ( 1996 ). Patterns of welfare use among poor and homeless women. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 66, 510 – 525. Sameroff, A.J., Seifer, R., Baldwin, A., & Baldwin, C. ( 1993 ). Stability of intelligence from preschool to adolescence: The influence of social and family risk factors. Child Development, 64, 80 – 97. Sameroff, A.J., Seifer, R., & Bartko, W.T. ( 1997 ). Environmental perspectives on adaptation during childhood and adolescence. In S.S. Luthar, J.A. Burack, D. Cicchetti, & J.R. Weisz ( Eds. ), Developmental psychopathology: Perspectives on adjustment, risk and disorder ( pp. 507 – 526 ). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Schulberg, H.C., Katon, W.J., Simon, G.E., & Rush, A.J. ( 1998 ). Treating major depression in primary care practice: An update of the Agency for Health Care Policy and Research Practice Guidelines. Archives of General Psychiatry, 55, 1121 – 1127. Schulberg, H.C., Madonia, M.J., Block, M.R., Coulehan, J.L., Scott, C.P., Rodriguez, E., & Black, A. ( 1995 ). Major depression in primary care practice: Clinical characteristics and treatment implications. Psychosomatics, 36, 129 – 137. Seeman, M.V. ( 1997 ). Psychopathology in women and men: Focus on female hormones. American Journal of Psychiatry, 154. 1641 – 1647. Shalev, A.Y., Freedman, S., Peri, T., Brandes, D., Sahar, T., Orr, S.P., & Pitman, R.K. ( 1998 ). Prospective study of posttraumatic stress disorder and depression following trauma. American Journal of Psychiatry, 155, 630 – 637. Sherbourne, C.D., & Wells, K.B. ( 1997 ). Course of depression in patients with comorbid anxiety disorders. Journal of Affective Disorders, 43, 245 – 250. Silver, E.J., Westbrook, L.E., & Stein, R.E. ( 1998 ). Relationship of parental psychological distress to consequences of chronic health conditions in children. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 23, 5 – 15. Solomon, Z., Bleich, A., Koslowsky, M., Kron, S., Lerer, B., & Waysman, M. ( 1991 ). Posttraumatic stress disorder: Issues of comorbidity. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 25, 89 – 94. Stokes, P.E. ( 1995 ). The potential role of excessive Cortisol induced by HPA hyperfunction in the pathogenesis of depression. European Neuropsychopharmacology, 5 ( Suppl. ), 77 – 82. Straus, M.A., & Gelles, R.J. ( 1986 ). Societal change and change in family violence from 1975 to 1985 as revealed by two national surveys. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 48, 465 – 479. Thompson, V.L.S. ( 1996 ). Perceived experiences of racism as stressful life events. Community Mental Health Journal, 32, 223 – 33. Ustun, T.B., & Von Korff, M. ( 1995 ). Primary mental health services: Access and provision of care. In T.B. Ustun & N. Sartorius ( Eds. ), Mental illness in general health care: An international study. New York: John Wiley. U.S. Bureau of the Census ( 1998 ). Poverty in the United States: 1997 ( Current Population Reports, Series P-60, No. 201 ). Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office. Stoep, Vender A., & Link, B.G. ( 1998 ). Social class, ethnicity, and mental illness: The importance of being more than earnest. American Journal of Public Health, 88, 1396 – 1402. Von Korff, M., Ormel, J., Katon, W.J., & Lin, E.H. ( 1992 ). Disability and depression among high utilizers of health care: A longitudinal analysis. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49, 152 – 156. Von Korff, M., Shapiro, S., Burke, J.D., Teitlebaum, M., Skinner, E.A., German, P., Turner, R.W., Klein, L., & Burns, B. ( 1987 ). Anxiety and depression in a primary care clinic. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49, 91 – 100. Ware, J., & Sherbourne, C.D. ( 1992 ). The MOS 36-item Short-Form Health Survey (SF-36): Conceptual framework and item selection. Medical Care, 30, 473 – 483. Weissman, M.M., & Olfson, M. ( 1995 ). Depression in women: Implications for health care research. Science, 269, 799 – 801. Weissman, M.M., Warner, V., Wickramaratne, P.J., Moreau, D., & Olfson, M. ( 1997 ). Offspring of depressed parents: 10 years later. Archives of General Psychiatry, 54, 932 – 940. Wells, K.B., Burnam, M.A., Rogers, W., Hays, R., & Camp, P. ( 1992 ). The course of depression in adult outpatients: Results from the Medical Outcomes Study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49, 788 – 794. Wells, K.B., Sturm, R., Sherbourne, C.D., & Meredith, L.S. ( 1996 ). Caring for depression: A RAND study. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Williams, D.R. ( 1997 ). Race and health: Basic questions, emerging directions. Annals of Epidemiology, 7, 322 – 333. Williams, D.R. ( 1999 ). Race, SES, and health: The added effects of racism and discrimination. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 896, 173 – 178. Williams, D.R., & Chung, A-M. ( in press ). Racism and health. In R.C. Gibson & J.S. Jackson ( Eds. ), Health in Black America. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. Williams, D.R., Takeuchi, D.T., & Adair, R.K. ( 1992 ). Socioeconomic status and psychiatric disorder among Blacks and Whites. Social Forces, 71, 179 – 194. Williams, D.R., Yu, Y., Jackson, J.S., & Anderson, N.B. ( 1997 ). Racial differences in physical and menttal health: Socioeconomic status, stress, and discrimination. Journal of Health Pyschology, 2, 335 – 351. Wittchen, H.U. ( 1994 ). Reliability and validity studies of the WHO-Composite International Diagnostic Review (CIDI): A critical review. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 28, 57 – 84. Wittchen, H.U., Essau, C.A., Von Zewrssen, D., Krieg, J.C., & Zaudig, M. ( 1992 ). Lifetime and six-month prevalence of mental disorders in the Munich follow-up study. European Archives of Psychiatry and Clinical Neuroscience, 241, 247 – 258. World Health Organization. ( 1990 ). Composite International Diagnostic Review ( CIDI, Version 1.0 ). Geneva, Switzerland: Author. Yehuda, R. ( 1998 ). Psychoneuroendocrinology of posttraumatic stress disorder. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 21, 359 – 379. Young, E.A., Abelson, J.L., Curtis, G.C., & Nesse, R.M. ( 1997 ). Childhood adversity and vulnerability to mood and anxiety disorders. Depression & Anxiety, 5, 66 – 72. 2000 American Orthopsychiatric Association 1273930 bytes 3109 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Blackwell Publishing Ltd

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/635352021-07-28T23:42:41Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565

Proximity to death and participation in the long-term care market Weaver, France Stearns, Sally C. Norton, Edward C. Spector, William Department of Health Management and Policy, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI, USA ; Department of Economics, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI, USA Swiss Health Observatory, NeuchÂtel, Switzerland ; Swiss Health Observatory, Espace de l'Europe 10, 2010 NeuchÂtel, Switzerland Department of Health Policy and Management, The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, NC, USA Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, Center for Delivery, Organization, and Markets, Rockville, MD, USA Life and Medical Sciences Epidemiology, Biostatistics and Public Health Economics Medicine (General) Statistics and Numeric Data Public Health Business Health Sciences Science Social Sciences The extent to which increasing longevity increases per capita demand for long-term care depends on the degree to which utilization is concentrated at the end of life. We estimate the marginal effect of proximity to death, measured by being within 2 years of death, on the probabilities of nursing home and formal home care use, and we determine whether this effect differs by availability of informal care – i.e. marital status and co-residence with an adult child. The analysis uses a sample of elderly aged 70+from the 1993–2002 Health and Retirement Study. Simultaneous probit models address the joint decisions to use long-term care and co-reside with an adult child. Overall, proximity to death significantly increases the probability of nursing home use by 50.0% and of formal home care use by 12.4%. Availability of informal support significantly reduces the effect of proximity to death. Among married elderly, proximity to death has no effect on institutionalization. In conclusion, proximity to death is one of the main drivers of long-term care use, but changes in sources of informal support, such as an increase in the proportion of married elderly, may lessen its importance in shaping the demand for long-term care. Copyright © 2008 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/63535/1/1409_ftp.pdf 2009-08-12T15:34:21Z 2010-10-05T18:27:29Z 2009-08 Article Weaver, France; Stearns, Sally C.; Norton, Edward C.; Spector, William (2009). "Proximity to death and participation in the long-term care market." Health Economics 18(8): 867-883. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/63535> 1057-9230 1099-1050 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/63535 18770873 10.1002/hec.1409 Health Economics IndexNoFollow 157907 bytes 3118 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/783072021-07-28T23:43:42Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57738col_2027.42_78565

The Enduring Value of Social Science Research: The Use and Reuse of Primary Research Data Pienta, Amy M. Alter, George C. Lyle, Jared A. Inter-university Consortium for Political and Social Research, Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan Ann Arbor Data Sharing Statistics and Numeric Data Social Sciences This paper was presented at “The Organisation, Economics and Policy of Scientific Research” workshop, Torino, Italy, in April, 2010. See: http://www.carloalberto.org/files/brick_dime_strike_workshopagenda_april2010.pdf. The public-use data analyzed in this paper: Pienta, Amy M., and Jared Lyle. Data Sharing in the Social Sciences, 2009 [United States] Public Use Data. ICPSR29941-v1. Ann Arbor, MI: Inter-university Consortium for Political and Social Research [distributor], 2016-12-15. https://doi.org/10.3886/ICPSR29941.v1 The goal of this paper is to examine the extent to which social science research data are shared and assess whether data sharing affects research productivity tied to the research data themselves. We construct a database from administrative records containing information about thousands of social science studies that have been conducted over the last 40 years. Included in the database are descriptions of social science data collections funded by the National Science Foundation and the National Institutes of Health. A survey of the principal investigators of a subset of these social science awards was also conducted. We report that very few social science data collections are preserved and disseminated by an archive or institutional repository. Informal sharing of data in the social sciences is much more common. The main analysis examines publication metrics that can be tied to the research data collected with NSF and NIH funding – total publications, primary publications (including PI), and secondary publications (non-research team). Multivariate models of count of publications suggest that data sharing, especially sharing data through an archive, leads to many more times the publications than not sharing data. This finding is robust even when the models are adjusted for PI characteristics, grant award features, and institutional characteristics. National Library of Medicine (R01 LM009765). The creation of the LEADS database was also supported by the following research projects at ICPSR: P01 HD045753, U24 HD048404, and P30 AG004590. http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/78307/1/pienta_alter_lyle_100331.pdf -1 2010-11-22T15:05:02Z 2010-11-22T15:05:02Z 2010-11-22 Presentation https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/78307 en_US 158588 bytes application/pdf application/pdf

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/429822021-07-28T23:44:05Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_117532col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78414

Sexual activity among older Thais: The influence of age, gender and health Knodel, John Chayovan, Napaporn Population Studies Center, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI, USA College of Population Studies, Chulalongkorn University, Bangkok, Thailand Ann Arbor Social Sciences, General Philosophy of Medicine Geriatrics/Gerontology Theory of Medicine/Bioethics Aging Anthropology/Archaeometry Coitus Gender Health HIV/AIDS Older Persons Sexual Behavior Sexual Desire Thailand Geriatrics Social Work Health Sciences Social Sciences This study examines sexual activity among thepopulation aged 50 and over in Thailand inrelation to age, gender and health status. Itis the first study of older persons based on alarge nationally representative survey in anynon-Western or developing country. The resultsindicate substantial proportions of oldermarried Thais remain sexually active, but atlower levels than found in Western countries. Sexual activity and desire decline steadilywith age for both married men and women but atany given age both are lower for women. Overall, the sexual desire of husbands is a farmore important determinant of marital sexualactivity than that of wives. Poor healthdepresses activity and desire but does notaccount for the decline of either with age. Forthe majority of older married Thai men andwomen behavior and desires are concordant. Discordance levels for married women exceedthose for men, however, and arise primarilyfrom being active but lacking desire. Possiblereasons for lower sexual activity relative toWestern countries are considered. Implicationsfor the quality of life of older persons andthe AIDS epidemic are discussed together withmethodological lessons for research on olderage sexual behavior. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/42982/1/10823_2004_Article_353772.pdf 2006-09-08T20:56:16Z 2006-09-08T20:56:16Z 2001-06 Article Knodel, John; Chayovan, Napaporn; (2001). "Sexual activity among older Thais: The influence of age, gender and health." Journal of Cross-Cultural Gerontology 16(2): 173-200. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/42982> 0169-3816 1573-0719 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/42982 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/sites/entrez?cmd=retrieve&db=pubmed&list_uids=14617988&dopt=citation 14617988 http://dx.doi.org/10.1023/A:1010608226594 Journal of Cross-Cultural Gerontology en_US 179596 bytes 3115 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Kluwer Academic Publishers; Springer Science+Business Media

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/378062021-07-28T23:48:02Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_117532col_2027.42_78565

Women, men, and osteoarthritis Verbrugge, Lois M. Institute of Gerontology, University of Michigan, 300 North Ingalls, Ann Arbor, MI 48109–2007 Life and Medical Sciences Rheumatology Geriatrics Health Sciences Objectives and Methods. Gender differences in the prevalence and impact of arthritis are discussed, using data and analytic results from national health surveys. Results. Most cases of arthritis are osteoarthritis, an ancient disease that causes pain, physical dysfunction, and social disability, but not death. Arthritis prevalence rates rise sharply with age; it is the leading chronic condition in mid and late life. Women's rates exceed men's at all ages. Women's higher rates of disability and medical services for arthritis in the population are due mainly to higher prevalence. Among persons with arthritis, women are only a little more likely than men to be disabled or receive medical services. Persons with arthritis often have other chronic conditions as well (called comorbidity). Combining arthritis and visual problems gives a strong exacerbating push to disability. Conclusions. Because biomedical research emphasizes pathogenesis and therapies for fatal conditions, Americans' health future will become dominated by nonfatal ones, especially arthritis. I recommend a better balance and new orientation for arthritis research that stays true to older persons' health and disability experience. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/37806/1/1790080404_ftp.pdf 2006-04-28T16:25:30Z 2006-04-28T16:25:30Z 1995-12 Article Verbrugge, Lois M. (1995)."Women, men, and osteoarthritis." Arthritis Care & Research 8(4): 212-220. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/37806> 0004-3591 1529-0131 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/37806 http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/art.1790080404 Arthritis Care & Research en_US IndexNoFollow 894627 bytes 3118 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf John Wiley & Sons, Inc.

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/434972021-07-28T23:49:14Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_60175col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_55486col_2027.42_78414

Environment, Access to Health Care, and Other Factors Affecting Infant and Child Survival Among the African and Coloured Populations of South Africa, 1989–94 Phillips, Heston E. Anderson, Barbara A. Romani, John H. van Zyl, Johan A. Population Studies Center, University of Michigan, 426 Thompson Street, P.O. Box 1248, Ann Arbor, MI, 48106-1248 University of Michigan, USA University of Michigan, USA Human Sciences Research Council, USA Ann Arbor Infant Mortality Social Sciences, General Public Health/Gesundheitswesen Population Economics Sociology Community & Environmental Psychology Safe Water Sanitation Less Developed Countries Ecology and Evolutionary Biology Population and Demography Social Sciences Science Some maintain that environmental factors are unimportant for infant and child survival once mother's education and other characteristics have been taken into account. However, an analysis of survival of African and Coloured children based on the 1994 October Household Survey supports the importance of environmental factors in relatively high mortality populations. Among African households, the source of domestic water is important, but for Coloured households, almost all of which have safe water, the type of sanitation is important. If safe drinking water is available, the type of sanitation influences survival; if safe drinking water is not available, sanitation seems to matter little. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/43497/1/11111_2004_Article_368071.pdf 2006-09-08T21:30:22Z 2006-09-08T21:30:22Z 2002-03 Article Anderson, Barbara A.; Romani, John H.; Phillips, Heston E.; van Zyl, Johan A.; (2002). "Environment, Access to Health Care, and Other Factors Affecting Infant and Child Survival Among the African and Coloured Populations of South Africa, 1989–94." Population and Environment 23(4): 349-364. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/43497> 1573-7810 0199-0039 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/43497 http://dx.doi.org/10.1023/A:1014530318272 Population and Environment en_US 70113 bytes 3115 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Kluwer Academic Publishers-Plenum Publishers; Human Sciences Press, Inc. ; Springer Science+Business Media

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/683192021-07-29T01:18:20Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78414col_2027.42_78545

Implications of CATI Groves, Robert University of Michigan Sociology Social Sciences Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/68319/2/10.1177_0049124183012002007.pdf 2010-04-14T13:31:59Z 2010-04-14T13:31:59Z 1983 Article GROVES, ROBERT (1983). "Implications of CATI." Sociological Methods & Research 2(12): 199-215. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/68319> 0049-1241 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/68319 10.1177/0049124183012002007 3108 bytes 1205527 bytes text/plain application/pdf application/pdf SAGE PUBLICATIONS

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/273522021-07-29T01:19:04Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_60161col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78545

Employment problems in West Germany : A comment Stafford, Frank P. University of Michigan, USA Economics Business Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/27352/1/0000377.pdf 2006-04-07T20:21:13Z 2006-04-07T20:21:13Z 1988 Article Stafford, Frank P. (1988)."Employment problems in West Germany : A comment." Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy 28(): 221-230. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/27352> http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/B6V8D-45F5SH6-7/2/839463978ff678bb8afb6f69312fd44b https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/27352 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0167-2231(88)90024-3 Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy en_US IndexNoFollow 541666 bytes 3118 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Elsevier

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/604362021-07-29T01:19:28Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57738col_2027.42_78565

Changing Agrarian Landscapes Across America: A Comparative Perspective Sylvester, Kenneth M. Gutmann, Myron P. Inter-university Consortium for Political and Social Research Ann Arbor Agriculture Agricultural Land Land Use Statistics and Numeric Data Social Sciences http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/60436/1/Sylvester.changing landscapes.pdf 2008-07-28T19:33:46Z 2008-07-28T19:33:46Z 2008 Book Chapter in Charles Redman and David Foster, eds. Agrarian Landscapes in Transition: Comparisons of Long-Term Ecological and Cultural Change, Oxford University Press: 122-151 <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/60436> https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/60436 en_US 781864 bytes application/pdf application/pdf Oxford University Press

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/441012021-07-29T01:20:03Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_40242col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_117532col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_55486

Patterns of Union Formation Among Urban Minority Youth in the United States Ford, Kathleen Norris, Anne Department of Epidemiology, School of Public Health, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, 48109-2029 School of Nursing, Boston College, Chestnut Hill, Massachusetts, 02167 Ann Arbor Hispanic Psychology Social Issues Sex Research/Sex Therapy African American Condoms AIDS Psychology Public Health Social Sciences Since 1990, several large surveys of sexual behavior have been conducted. In addition to collecting general information on sexual histories, such as number of partners in the previous year and whether subjects ever used condoms, these studies collected information on sexual behavior with specific partners, or “partnerships.” The data are useful both for testing of substantive hypotheses about the determinants of behavior as well as for disease transition modeling. The objective of this paper is to use partnership histories to describe the union formation patterns of low-income youth living in Detroit. Data from the partnership histories will be used to illustrate the types of statistics that can be generated from these histories. Data will be presented on the number and types of unions (married/cohabiting, “knew well,” “casual”), the frequency and duration of these unions, the types of intercourse reported in each type of union, the patterns of mixing by age and ethnic group in each type of union, concurrency in unions, and condom use in unions. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/44101/1/10508_2004_Article_222636.pdf 2006-09-11T14:17:17Z 2006-09-11T14:17:17Z 2000-04 Article Ford, Kathleen; Norris, Anne; (2000). "Patterns of Union Formation Among Urban Minority Youth in the United States." Archives of Sexual Behavior 29(2): 177-188. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/44101> 0004-0002 1573-2800 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/44101 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/sites/entrez?cmd=retrieve&db=pubmed&list_uids=10842725&dopt=citation 10842725 http://dx.doi.org/10.1023/A:1001959922900 Archives of Sexual Behavior en_US 38989 bytes 3115 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Kluwer Academic Publishers-Plenum Publishers; Plenum Publishing Corporation ; Springer Science+Business Media

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/506072021-10-11T21:41:26Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_60161col_2027.42_60175col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_78382col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_55486col_2027.42_49331col_2027.42_78545

Informal Caregiving for Diabetes and Diabetic Complications Among Elderly Americans Langa, Kenneth M. Vijan, Sandeep Hayward, Rodney A. Chernew, Michael E. Blaum, Caroline S. Kabeto, Mohammed U. Weir, David R. Katz, Steven J. Willis, Robert J. Fendreick, Mark A. MRRC Department of Veterans Affairs Center for Practice Management and Outcomes Research Ann Arbor Population and Demography Social Sciences Objectives: Little is known regarding the amount of time spent by unpaid caregivers providing help to elderly individuals for disabilities associated with diabetes mellitus (DM). We sought to obtain nationally representative estimates of the time, and associated cost, of informal caregiving provided to the elderly with diabetes, and to determine the complications of DM that contribute most significantly to the subsequent need for informal care. Methods: We estimated multivariable regression models using data from the 1993 Asset and Health Dynamics (AHEAD) Study, a nationally representative survey of people aged 70 or older (N=7,443), to determine the weekly hours of informal caregiving and imputed cost of caregiver time for community-dwelling elderly with and without a diagnosis of DM. Results: Those without DM received an average of 6.1 hours per week of informal care, those with DM taking no medications received 10.5 hours, those with DM taking oral medications received 10.1 hours, and those with DM taking insulin received 14.4 hours of care (P<.01). Disabilities related to heart disease, stroke, and visual impairment were important predictors of diabetes-related informal care. The total cost of informal caregiving for elderly individuals with diabetes in the U.S. was between $3 and $6 billion per year, similar to prior estimates of the annual paid long-term care costs attributable to DM. Discussion: Diabetes imposes a substantial burden on elderly individuals, their families, and society, both through increased rates of disability and the significant time that informal caregivers must spend helping address the associated functional limitations. Future evaluations of the costs of diabetes, and the cost-effectiveness of diabetes interventions, should consider the significant informal caregiving costs associated with the disease. Social Security Administration http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/50607/1/wp013.pdf 2007-04-26T15:26:13Z 2007-04-26T15:26:13Z 2001-06 Working Paper https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/50607 en_US WP 2001-013 372169 bytes application/pdf application/pdf Michigan Retirement Research Center, University of Michigan, P.O. Box 1248, Ann Arbor, MI 48104

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/688662021-10-05T21:58:23Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565

Assessing Change in Social Support During Late Life Krause, Neal M. University of Michigan, nkrause@umich.edu Geriatrics Sociology Health Sciences Social Sciences The purpose of this study is to evaluate change in 14 measures of social support with data provided by a nationwide longitudinal study of older adults. The findings reveal that fairly substantial change took place during the three-year follow-up period. More important, the data indicate that change is not uniform or systematic across the entire study sample. Instead, there appears to be considerable individual-level change taking place. The implications of these findings for the development of conceptual models as well as support-based interventions are discussed. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/68866/2/10.1177_0164027599214002.pdf 2010-04-14T14:04:24Z 2010-04-14T14:04:24Z 1999 Article Krause, Neal (1999). "Assessing Change in Social Support During Late Life." Research on Aging 21(4): 539-569. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/68866> 0164-0275 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/68866 10.1177/0164027599214002 Research on Aging Antonucci, Toni C. 1985. “Personal Characteristics, Social Support, and Social Behavior.” Pp. 94-128 in Handbook of Aging and the Social Sciences, edited by R. H. Binstock and L. K. George. New York: Van Nostrand-Reinhold. Antonucci, Toni C. 1990. “Social Supports and Social Relationships.” Pp. 205-226 in Handbook of Aging and the Social Sciences, edited by R. H. Binstock and L. K. George. New York: Academic Press. Baltes, Paul B., and John R. Nesselroade. 1979. “History and Rationale of Longitudinal Research.” Pp. 1-39 in Longitudinal Research in the Study of Behavior and Development, edited by J. R. Nesselroade and P. B. Baltes. New York: Academic Press. Barrera, Manuel Jr. 1986. “Distinctions Between Social Support Concepts, Measures, and Models.”American Journal of Community Psychology14: 413-425. Bollen, Kenneth A. 1989. Structural Equations With Latent Variables. New York: John Wiley. Carstensen, Laura L. 1992. “Social and Emotional Patterns in Adulthood: Support for Socioemotional Selectivity Theory.”Psychology and Aging7: 331-338. Chapman, Nancy J., and Diane L. Pancoast. 1985. “Working With Informal Helping Networks of the Elderly: The Experiences of Three Programs.”Journal of Social Issues41: 47-63. Cox, Brian D., Felicia A. Huppert, and Margaret J. Whichlow. 1993. Health and Lifestyle Survey: Seven Years On. Hants, UK: Dartmouth. Cramer, Duncan, Scott Henderson, and Ruth Scott. 1996. “Mental Health and Adequacy of Social Support: A Four-Wave Panel Study.”British Journal of Social Psychology35: 285-295. Cumming, Elaine, and William Henry. 1961. Growing Old: The Process of Disengagement. New York: Basic Books. Eckenrode, John, and Elaine Wethington. 1990. “The Process and Outcome of Mobilizing Social Support.” Pp. 83-103 in Personal Relationships and Social Support, edited by S. Duck. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Feld, Dorothy, and Meredith Minkler. 1988. “Continuity and Change in Social Support Between Young-Old and Old-Old or Very-Old Age.”Journal of Gerontology: Psychological Sciences43: P100-P106. Freedman, Vickie A., Douglas A. Wolf, Beth H. Soldo, and Elizabeth Hervey Stephen. 1991. “Intergenerational Transfers: A Question of Perspective.”The Gerontologist31: 640-647. Gottlieb, Benjamin H. 1996. “Theories and Practices of Mobilizing Support in Stressful Circumstances.” Pp. 339-356 in Handbook of Stress, Medicine, and Health, edited by C. L. Cooper. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press. Groves, Robert M. 1989. Survey Errors and Survey Costs. New York: John Wiley. Heller, Kenneth, Mark G. Thompson, Petri E. Trueba, John R. Hogg, and Irene Vlachos-Weber. 1991. “Peer Support Telephone Dyads for Elderly Women: Was This the Wrong Intervention?”American Journal of Community Psychology19: 53-74. House, James S., and Robert L. Kahn. 1985. “Measures and Concepts of Social Support.” Pp. 83-108 in Social Support and Health, edited by S. Cohen and S. L. Syme. New York: Academic Press. JÖreskog, Karl G., and Dag SÖrbom. 1988. LISREL 7: A Guide to the Program and Applications. Chicago: SPSS Inc. Kelman, Howard R., Cynthia Thomas, and Jeffrey S. Tanaka. 1994. “Longitudinal Patterns of Formal and Informal Social Support in an Urban Elderly Population.”Social Science and Medicine38: 905-914. Kessler, Ronald C., and David Greenberg. 1981. Linear Panel Analysis: Models of Quantitative Change. New York: Academic Press. Krause, Neal. 1995. “Negative Interaction and Satisfaction With Support Among Older Adults.”Journal of Gerontology: Psychological Sciences50B: P59-P73. Krause, Neal. 1997. “Anticipated Support, Received Support, and Economic Support Among Older Adults.”Journal of Gerontology: Psychological Sciences52B: P284-P293. Krause, Neal, Jersey Liang, and Shengzu Gu. 1998. “Financial Strain, Received Support, and Anticipated Support in the P.R.C.”Psychology and Aging13: 58-68. Krause, Neal, Jersey Liang, and Naomi Yatomi. 1989. “Satisfaction With Social Support and Depressive Symptoms: A Panel Analysis.”Psychology and Aging4: 88-97. Krause, Neal, and Kyriakos S. Markides. 1990. “Measuring Social Support Among Older Adults.”International Journal of Aging and Human Development30: 37-53. Liang, Jersey. 1990. The National Survey of Japanese Elderly. Ann Arbor, MI: Institute of Gerontology. Liang, Jersey, Shengzu Gu, and Neal Krause. 1992. “Social Support Among the Aged in Wuhan, China.”Asia-Pacific Population Journal7: 33-62. Matt, Georg E., and Alfred Dean. 1993. “Social Support Among Friends and Psychological Distress Among Elderly Persons: Moderator Effects of Age.”Journal of Health and Social Behavior34: 187-200. Morgan, David L., Margaret B. Neal, and Paula Carder. 1996. “The Stability of Core and Peripheral Networks Over Time.”Social Networks19: 9-25. Nelson, E. Anne, and Dale Dannefer. 1992. “Aged Heterogeneity: Fact or Fiction? The Fate of Diversity in Gerontological Research.”The Gerontologist32: 17-23. Norris, Fran H. 1985. “Characteristics of Older Nonrespondents Over Five Waves of a Panel Study.”Journal of Gerontology40: 627-636. Roberts, Robert E., George A. Kaplan, Sarah J. Shema, and William J. Strawbridge. 1997. “Prevalence and Correlates of Depression in an Aging Cohort: The Alameda County Study.”Journal of Gerontology: Social Sciences52B: S252-S258. Rook, Karen S. 1984. “The Negative Side of Social Interaction: Impact on Psychological Well-Being.”Journal of Personality and Social Psychology46: 1097-1108. Sarason, Irwin G., Barbara R. Sarason, and Gregory R. Pierce. 1994. “Relationship-Specific Social Support: Toward a Model for the Analysis of Supportive Interactions.” Pp. 91-112 in Communication of Social Support: Message, Interactions, Relationships, and Community, edited by B. R. Burleson, T. L. Albrecht, and I. G. Sarason. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Silverstein, Merril, Xuan Chen, and Kenneth Heller. 1996. “Too Much of a Good Thing? Inter-generational Social Support and the Psychological Well-Being of Older Parents.”Journal of Marriage and the Family58: 970-982. Stolar, G. Elaine, Michael I. Mac Entee, and Patricia Hill. 1993. “The Elderly: Their Perceived Support and Reciprocal Behaviors.”Journal of Gerontological Social Work19: 15-33. Wethington, Elaine, and Ronald C. Kessler. 1986. “Perceived Support, Received Support, and Adjustment to Stressful Life Events.”Journal of Health and Social Behavior27: 78-89. 3108 bytes 86009 bytes text/plain application/pdf application/pdf Sage Publications

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/673012021-07-29T01:22:23Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565

Psychometrics of a Brief Acculturation Scale for Hispanics in a Probability Sample of Urban Hispanic Adolescents and Young Adults Norris, Anne Ford, Kathleen Bova, Carol University of Michigan Boston College Boston College Latin American and Caribbean Studies Psychology Social Sciences This article presents data in support of the reliability and validity of afour-item measure of acculturationfor Hispanics. The study has three strengths. First, this brief measure is evaluated with a probability sample of Hispanic adolescents and young adults (ages 15-24 years) living in urban, low-income households. Second, the sample contains both second-and third-generation Puerto Rican and Mexican American adolescents and young adults. Third, the acculturation measure was administeredas part ofaface-to-face interview. The four-item acculturation scale correlated highly with generation, length of time in the United States, subjective evaluation of acculturation, country of birth, and language chosen for the interview. The psychometric properties of this brief scale are comparable to those obtained for other published scales. Results support the use of this four-item measure of acculturation as a simple, inexpensive measure that involves minimal respondent burden. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/67301/2/10.1177_07399863960181004.pdf 2010-04-13T19:20:19Z 2010-04-13T19:20:19Z 1996 Article Norris, Anne; Ford, Kathleen; Bova, Carol (1996). "Psychometrics of a Brief Acculturation Scale for Hispanics in a Probability Sample of Urban Hispanic Adolescents and Young Adults." Hispanic Journal of Behavioral Sciences 1(18): 29-38. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/67301> 0739-9863 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/67301 10.1177/07399863960181004 Barona, A., & Miller, J. A. (1994). Short Acculturation Scale for Hispanic Youth (SASH-Y): A preliminary report. Hispanic Journal of Behavioral Sciences, 16, 155-162. Cannell, C. F., Miller, P. V., & Oskenberg, L. (1981). Research on interviewing techniques. In S. Lernhardt (Ed.), Sociological methodology (pp. 389-438). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. De Vellis, R. F. (1991). Scale development: Theory and application. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Epstein, J. A., Dusenbury,L., Botvin, G. J., & Diaz, T. (1994). Acculturation, beliefs about AIDS, and AIDS education among New York City Hispanic parents. Hispanic Journal of Behavioral Sciences, 16, 342-354. Felix-Ortiz, M., Newcomb, M. D., & Myers, H. (1994). Amultidimensional measure of cultural identity for Latino and Latina adolescents. Hispanic Journal of Behavioral Sciences, 16, 99-115. Ford, K., & Norris, A. (1991). Methodological considerations for survey research on sexual behavior: Urban African American and Hispanic youth. Journal of Sex Research, 28, 539-555. Marin, G., & Marin, B. V. (1991). Research with Hispanic populations. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Marin, G., Sabogal, R., Marin, B. V., Otero-Sabogal, R., & Perez-Stable, E. J. (1987). Development of a short acculturation scale for Hispanics. Hispanic Journal of Behavioral Sciences, 9, 183-205. Negy, C., & Woods, D. J. (1992). The importance of acculturation in understanding research with Hispanic-Americans. Hispanic Journal of Behavioral Sciences, 14, 224-247. Nunnally, J. C. (1978). Psychometric theory (2nd ed.). New York: Mc Graw-Hill. 3108 bytes 805017 bytes text/plain application/pdf application/pdf SAGE PUBLICATIONS, INC.

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/559492021-07-29T01:25:02Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78545

Cognitive psychology and survey methodology: nurturing the continuing dialogue between disciplines Belli, Robert F. Conrad, Frederick G. Wright, Daniel B. University of Michigan, USA University of Nebraska-Lincoln, USA University of Sussex, UK Psychology Psychology Social Sciences No Abstract. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/55949/1/1333_ftp.pdf 2007-09-20T18:13:27Z 2008-04-03T18:50:11Z 2007-03 Article Belli, Robert F.; Conrad, Frederick G.; Wright, Daniel B. (2007). "Cognitive psychology and survey methodology: nurturing the continuing dialogue between disciplines." Applied Cognitive Psychology 21(2): 141-144. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/55949> 0888-4080 1099-0720 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/55949 http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/acp.1333 Applied Cognitive Psychology IndexNoFollow 70681 bytes 3118 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/224002021-07-29T01:27:15Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_60161col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78545

A model of work effort and productive consumption Stafford, Frank P. Cohen, Malcolm S. Institute of Labor and Industrial Relations, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48104, USA; Department of Economics, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48104, USA Institute of Labor and Industrial Relations, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48104, USA; Department of Economics, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48104, USA Economics Business Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/22400/1/0000850.pdf 2006-04-07T16:48:06Z 2006-04-07T16:48:06Z 1974-03 Article Stafford, Frank P., Cohen, Malcolm S. (1974/03)."A model of work effort and productive consumption." Journal of Economic Theory 7(3): 333-347. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/22400> http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/B6WJ3-4CYH4VM-6G/2/08431163ee2b888c3ccb07e2685cba46 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/22400 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0022-0531(74)90099-4 Journal of Economic Theory en_US IndexNoFollow 1109290 bytes 3118 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Elsevier

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/454982021-07-29T01:27:25Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_56193col_2027.42_78545

Understanding the Links Among School Misbehavior, Academic Achievement, and Cigarette Use: A National Panel Study of Adolescents Bryant, Alison L. Schulenberg, John E. Bachman, Jerald G. O'Malley, Patrick M. Johnston, Lloyd D. Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan; Department of Psychology, University of Michigan, USA Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan; Combined Program in Education and Psychology, University of Michigan, USA Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan Ann Arbor Adolescence Drug and Alcohol Studies Academic Achievement Medicine & Public Health Public Health/Gesundheitswesen Health Psychology Cigarette Use School Misbehavior Public Health Health Sciences Relations among academic achievement, school bonding, school misbehavior, and cigarette use from 8th to 12th grade were examined in two national panel samples of youth ( n = 3056). A series of competing conceptual models developed a priori was tested using structural equation modeling (SEM). The findings suggest that during middle adolescence the predominant direction of influence is from school experiences to cigarette use. School misbehavior and low academic achievement contribute to increased cigarette use over time both directly and indirectly. Two-group SEM analyses involving two cohorts—gender and ethnicity—revealed that our findings are robust. In addition, comparisons between high school dropouts and nondropouts and between eighth-grade cigarette use initiators and nonusers revealed few differences in direction or magnitude of effects. Results suggest that prevention programs that attempt to reduce school misbehavior and academic failure, as well as to help students who misbehave and have difficulty in school constructively avoid negative school- and health-related outcomes, are likely to be effective in reducing adolescent cigarette use. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/45498/1/11121_2004_Article_223014.pdf 2006-09-11T16:07:54Z 2006-09-11T16:07:54Z 2000-06 Article Bryant, Alison L.; Schulenberg, John; Bachman, Jerald G.; O'Malley, Patrick M.; Johnston, Lloyd D.; (2000). "Understanding the Links Among School Misbehavior, Academic Achievement, and Cigarette Use: A National Panel Study of Adolescents." Prevention Science 1(2): 71-87. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/45498> 1573-6695 1389-4986 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/45498 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/sites/entrez?cmd=retrieve&db=pubmed&list_uids=11521961&dopt=citation 11521961 http://dx.doi.org/10.1023/A:1010038130788 Prevention Science en_US 155166 bytes 3115 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Kluwer Academic Publishers-Plenum Publishers; Society for Prevention Research ; Springer Science+Business Media

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/585442021-07-29T01:27:26Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_51534col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78545

"From sweet potatoes to God almighty": Roy Rappaport on being a hedgehog Hoey, Brian A. Fricke, Tom Anthropology, Department of Anthropology, Department of, Marshall University Ann Arbor Roy Rappaport Interview Biography Ecological Anthropology Anthropology of Religion Anthropology and Archaeology Social Sciences Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/58544/1/Hoey_Fricke_2007.pdf 2008-05-10T14:37:17Z 2008-05-10T14:37:17Z 2007 Article American Ethnologist, Vol. 34, No. 3, pp. 581-599 <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/58544> https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/58544 en_US 2048423 bytes application/pdf application/pdf American Ethnologist

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/448212021-07-29T01:28:26Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_117532col_2027.42_78565

Sex differences in complaints and diagnoses Verbrugge, Lois M. Institute for Social Research School of Public Health, The University of Michigan, 48106, Ann Arbor, Michigan Ann Arbor Clinical Psychology Diagnoses Psychology Public Health/Gesundheitswesen Health Psychology Sex Differences Complaints Ambulatory Care Sex Bias Public Health Health Sciences This paper examines male-female differences in complaints and diagnoses for ambulatory care visits. Data are from the 1975 National Ambulatory Medical Care Survey, a national probability survey of visits to office-based physicians. The results suggest that: (1) Men are often unaware of serious health problems, they delay seeking diagnosis and care for symptoms, and they hesitate to admit symptoms and known health problems when they do visit a physician. (2) Women appear to have a more diffuse view of illness. They often report both mental and physical symptoms, and their physical symptoms “radiate” throughout the body rather than remain localized. (3) Both sexes confuse reproductive, digestive, and urinary symptoms because the body systems overlap. (4) Some sex differences in diagnoses for a particular symptom reflect real morbidity differences. (5) There is little evidence that women and men differ in their perception, interpretation, and description of physical symptoms. (6) The evidence for sex bias in physicians' diagnoses is scant. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/44821/1/10865_2004_Article_BF00845289.pdf 2006-09-11T15:19:04Z 2006-09-11T15:19:04Z 1980-12 Article Verbrugge, Lois M.; (1980). "Sex differences in complaints and diagnoses." Journal of Behavioral Medicine 3(4): 327-355. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/44821> 0160-7715 1573-3521 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/44821 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/sites/entrez?cmd=retrieve&db=pubmed&list_uids=7230258&dopt=citation 7230258 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/BF00845289 Journal of Behavioral Medicine en_US 1528233 bytes 3115 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Kluwer Academic Publishers-Plenum Publishers; Plenum Publishing Corporation ; Springer Science+Business Media

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/1501952021-07-29T01:33:09Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565

Appendices to Fomby, Paula, Joshua A. Goode, Kim-Phuong Truong-Vu, and Stefanie Mollborn (2019). “Adolescent Technology, Sleep, and Physical Activity Time in Two U.S. Cohorts.” Youth & Society. Fomby, Paula Goode, Joshua A. Truong-Vu, Kim-Phuong Mollborn, Stefanie Survey Research Center and Population Studies Center, Institute for Social Research Department of Sociology and Institute of Behavioral Science, University of Colorado Boulder Ann Arbor computer and media use, adolescence, health behaviors Social Sciences (General) Social Sciences This document includes three tables and one figure provided as appendices to Fomby, Paula, Joshua A. Goode, Kim-Phuong Truong-Vu, and Stefanie Mollborn (2019). “Adolescent Technology, Sleep, and Physical Activity Time in Two U.S. Cohorts.” Youth & Society. The advent of Internet-enabled mobile digital devices has transformed U.S. adolescent technology use over the last decade, yet little is known about how these changes map onto other health-related behaviors. We provide a national profile of how contemporary technology use fits into adolescents’ daily health lifestyles compared with the previous generation, with particular attention to whether and for whom technology use displaces time spent in sleep or physical activity. Time diaries were collected from 11- to 17-year-olds in 2002-2003 (N = 1,139) and 2014-2016 (N = 527) through the U.S. Panel Study of Income Dynamics Child Development Supplement. Contemporary adolescents spent 40 minutes more per week in technology-focused activities, but their composition was more varied compared with the earlier cohort. Contemporary technology use was predictive of less time in physical activity, and adolescents who engaged in frequent video game play spent less time in physical activity compared with peers with other technology use profiles. National Science Foundation (NSF) grant SES 1729463; Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development (P2C HD066613) Peer Reviewed https://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/150195/1/fomby et al 2019 youth and society appendices.pdf 137 Description of fomby et al 2019 youth and society appendices.pdf : Main document (appendix to published article) 2019-07-31T00:31:43Z 2019-07-31T00:31:43Z 2019-07-30 Other Youth & Society, 2019, DOI:10.1177/0044118X19868365 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/150195 Youth & Society https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2033-8485 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3290-0284 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9344-9584 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6683-9146 Fomby, Paula; 0000-0002-2033-8485 Goode, Joshua; 0000-0003-3290-0284 Truong-Vu, Kim-Phuong; 0000-0001-9344-9584 Mollborn, Stefanie; 0000-0002-6683-9146 en_US application/pdf Sage

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/580492021-07-29T01:34:00Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_51534col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78545

A taste shared: Reflecting John Hitchcock and the good in fieldwork Fricke, Tom Anthropology, Department of Ann Arbor Ethnographic Methods, Fieldwork, John T. Hitchcock, Nepal, Magar, Tamang Anthropology and Archaeology Social Sciences Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/58049/1/fricke2002.pdf 2008-03-10T20:31:08Z 2008-03-10T20:31:08Z 2002 Article Himalayan Research Bulletin, 2002, 22(1-2): 3-12 <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/58049> https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/58049 en_US 11609819 bytes application/pdf application/pdf Himalayan Research Bulletin

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/604292021-07-29T01:34:36Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57738col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_117532col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78545

Land Use and First Birth Timing in an Agricultural Setting Ghimire, Dirgha J. Hoelter, Lynette F. Institute for Social Research ICPSR Ann Arbor Land Use Agriculture Population Nepal Statistics and Numeric Data Social Sciences The dramatic changes in the earth’s landscape have prompted increased interest in the links between population, land use, and land cover. Previous research emphasized the notion of population pressure (population pressure increases demands on natural resources causing changes in land use), overlooking the potentially important effects of changes in land use on humans. Using multiple data sets from the Chitwan Valley Family Study in Nepal, we test competing hypotheses about the impact of land use on first birth timing. We argue that while agricultural land should encourage early childbearing, land area devoted to public infrastructure should discourage it. The results show that individuals from neighborhoods with larger proportions of land under agriculture experienced first birth at rates higher than those from neighborhoods with smaller proportions. On the other hand, individuals from neighborhoods with larger proportions of land under public infrastructure experienced first birth at rates lower than those from neighborhoods with smaller proportions. However, the effects of public infrastructure are not as strong as the land area devoted to agriculture. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/60429/1/Ghimire Hoelter 2007 (2).pdf 2008-07-28T14:53:22Z 2008-07-28T14:53:22Z 2007 Article Population and Environment, vol.28, 2007, 289-320 <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/60429> https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/60429 7998712 en_US 297387 bytes application/pdf application/pdf

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/681692021-10-08T22:22:48Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78545

Propensity to Serve in the U.S. Military: Temporal Trends and Subgroup Differences Segal, David R. Bachman, Jerald G. Freedman-Doan, Peter O'Malley, Patrick University of Michigan's Institute for Social Research University of Michigan's Institute for Social Research University of Michigan's Institute for Social Research Center for Research on Military Organization at the University of Maryland Social Sciences (General) Sociology Social Sciences Data from the Monitoring the Future project, a study of high school seniors (and since 1991, eighth and tenth graders) are used to define six recruitment periods in America's all-volunteer military force, characterized by variations in entry-level pay, recruiting resources, educational benefit programs available, the recruiting environment, and recruit quality. Propensity to enlist is shown to drop between the eighth and the twelfth grades, and between 1991 and 1997 at each grade level studied. Propensity is also shown to have varied between 1976 and 1997 by gender, race, and college plans Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/68169/2/10.1177_0095327X9902500304.pdf 2010-04-13T20:10:58Z 2010-04-13T20:10:58Z 1999 Article Segal, David; Bachman, Jerald; Freedman-Doan, Peter; O'Malley, Patrick (1999). "Propensity to Serve in the U.S. Military: Temporal Trends and Subgroup Differences." Armed Forces & Society 25(3): 407-427. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/68169> 0095-327X https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/68169 10.1177/0095327X9902500304 Armed Forces & Society 3108 bytes 1881289 bytes text/plain application/pdf application/pdf Sage Publications

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/456502021-07-29T01:35:41Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78545

Paid work, child care, and housework: A national survey of high school seniors' preferences for sharing responsibilities between husband and wife Bachman, Jerald G. Johnston, Lloyd D. Herzog, A. Regula the Survey Research Center, The University of Michigan, 48106, Ann Arbor, Michigan the Survey Research Center, The University of Michigan, 48106, Ann Arbor, Michigan the Survey Research Center, The University of Michigan, 48106, Ann Arbor, Michigan Ann Arbor Psychology Anthropology/Archaeometry Developmental Psychology Interdisciplinary Studies Sociology Social Psychology Women's and Gender Studies Social Sciences Humanities A large national sample of high school seniors rated their preferences for the allocation of work and family duties within their own prospective marriages. The results indicate that many seniors favor half-time or full-time work for wives without children. On the other hand, the majority prefer that the mother of preschool children stay home, although half-time work is acceptable to many. Respondents who are male or White or did not have a working mother themselves are somewhat more conservative on these issues. Virtually all seniors view less than full-time employment by the husband as unacceptable. With regard to child care and housework, most seniors prefer equal sharing between the spouses. A comparison of four senior classes reveals a slight trend from 1976 to 1979 toward increased sharing of duties. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/45650/1/11199_2004_Article_BF00303114.pdf 2006-09-11T16:18:32Z 2006-09-11T16:18:32Z 1983-01 Article Herzog, A. Regula; Bachman, Jerald G.; Johnston, Lloyd D.; (1983). "Paid work, child care, and housework: A national survey of high school seniors' preferences for sharing responsibilities between husband and wife." Sex Roles 9(1): 109-135. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/45650> 0360-0025 1573-2762 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/45650 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/BF00303114 Sex Roles en_US 1470902 bytes 3115 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Kluwer Academic Publishers-Plenum Publishers; Plenum Publishing Corporation ; Springer Science+Business Media

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/580462021-07-29T01:37:54Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_51534col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78545

Imagining Yhebe: Of Friendship and the Field Fricke, Tom Anthropology, Department of Ann Arbor Ethnography, Fieldwork, Friendship, Nepal, Tamang Anthropology and Archaeology Social Sciences Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/58046/1/fricke2006.yhebe.pdf 2008-03-10T20:06:17Z 2008-03-10T20:06:17Z 2006 Article Michigan Quarterly Review, vol. 45, no. 1, 2006, pp. 197-217 <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/58046> https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/58046 en_US 12392762 bytes application/pdf application/pdf Michigan Quarterly Review

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/429802021-07-29T01:38:14Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_117532col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78414

Studying living arrangements of the elderly: Lessons from a quasi-qualitative case study approach in Thailand Knodel, John Saengtienchai, Chanpen Population Studies Center, University of Michigan, USA (Fomerly) College of Population Studies, Chulalongkorn University, Thailand Ann Arbor Social Sciences, General Philosophy of Medicine Geriatrics/Gerontology Theory of Medicine/Bioethics Aging Anthropology/Archaeometry Thailand Elderly Living Arrangements Intergenerational Exchanges Household Structure Informal Support Geriatrics Social Work Health Sciences Social Sciences The present study explores aspects of living arrangements of the elderly in Thailand and how they relate to intergenerational support exchanges as revealed by a quasi-qualitative case study approach. The study describes some of the challenges this topic poses for measurement if surveys are used. These include difficulties in appropriately defining a household and identifying its members, treating coresidence as a continuum, taking account of the complex links to non-coresident children and kin, recognizing that similar living arrangements can have different meanings, viewing living arrangements as part of an evolving process, and recognizing the potential sensitivity of the topic to respondents. Careful and informed design of survey questionnaires can increase their ability to accurately reflect the underlying complex reality. However, there are also relevant critical issues for which surveys are not well suited. Although the study is specific to Thailand, many of the same issues are likely to arise in the research on elderly elsewhere as well. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/42980/1/10823_2004_Article_233473.pdf 2006-09-08T20:56:08Z 2006-09-08T20:56:08Z 1999-09 Article Knodel, John; Saengtienchai, Chanpen; (1999). "Studying living arrangements of the elderly: Lessons from a quasi-qualitative case study approach in Thailand." Journal of Cross-Cultural Gerontology 14(3): 197-220. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/42980> 0169-3816 1573-0719 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/42980 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/sites/entrez?cmd=retrieve&db=pubmed&list_uids=14617882&dopt=citation 14617882 http://dx.doi.org/10.1023/A:1006620314634 Journal of Cross-Cultural Gerontology en_US 110487 bytes 3115 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Kluwer Academic Publishers; Springer Science+Business Media

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/689542021-10-11T21:40:29Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_117532col_2027.42_78565

Consequences of Population Density and Size Verbrugge, Lois M. Taylor, Ralph University of Michigan Johns Hopkins University Urban Planning Social Sciences The classical theory about effects of high residential density is "negative," stating that high density produces negative social attitudes and undesirable behaviors. Yet empirical re search usually finds density only weakly related to individuals' attitudes and behavior. A survey was conducted in Baltimore for three purposes: to test "negative" hypotheses for new dependent variables; to determine if negative density effects appear only when certain "buffers" are weak; and to test hypotheses about "positive" effects of density. Results show that large population size and feelings that an area is overpopulated produce frustrations about the environment. Objective density has some negative and positive effects, but it is less important than population size, subjective appraisal of population, and population composition. Compared to prior research, the special contributions of the Baltimore study are examination of (1) population size, (2) "positive" consequences of high density and large size, and (3) effects in three distinct residential areas. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/68954/2/10.1177_107808748001600202.pdf 2010-04-14T14:09:36Z 2010-04-14T14:09:36Z 1980 Article Verbrugge, Lois; Taylor, Ralph (1980). "Consequences of Population Density and Size." Urban Affairs Review 16(2): 135-160. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/68954> 1078-0874 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/68954 10.1177/107808748001600202 Urban Affairs Review Allison, P.D. (1977) "Testing for interaction in multiple regression." Amer. J. of Sociology 83, 1: 144-153. Altman, I. (1975) The Environment and Social Behavior. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth. Baldassare, M. (1975) "The effects of density on social behavior and attitudes." Amer. Behavioral Scientist 18: 815-825. Baron, R., D.R. Mandel, C.A. Adams, and L.M. Griffen (1976) "Effects of social density in university residential environments." J. of Personality and Social Psychology 34: 434-446. Berscheid, E. and E.H. Walster (1969) Interpersonal Attraction. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley. Booth, A. (1976) Urban Crowding and Its Consequences. New York: Praeger. Carnahan, D.L. and O.R. Galle (1973) "Needed research in the study of population density." Report for the Southern Regional Demographic Group, Oak Ridge, Tennessee. Choldin, H.M. (1978) "Urban density and pathology," pp. 91-113 in Volume 4 of R. H. Turner (ed.) Annual Review of Sociology. Palo Alto, CA : Annual Reviews, Inc. — and D.W. Roncek (1976) "Density, population potential and pathology: a block-level analysis." Public Data Use 4: 19-30. Day, A.T. and L.H. Day (1973) "Cross-national comparison of population density." Science 181 (September 14): 1016-1023. Durkheim, E. (1960) On the Division of Labor in Society (G. Simpson, trans.) New York: Macmillan. (Originally published in 1893.) Felson, M. and M. Solaun (1975) "The fertility-inhibiting effect of crowded apartment living in a tight housing market." Amer. J. of Sociology 80: 1410-1427. Fischer, C.S. (1972) "Urbanism as a way of life: a review and an agenda." Soc. Methods and Research 1: 187-242. Freedman, J.L. (1975) Crowding and Behavior. San Francisco : Freeman. --- (1973) "Conceptualization of crowding," pp. 499-509 in C. F. Westoff and R. Park, Jr. (eds.) Population Distribution and Policy. Volume 5, Reports for the Commission on Population Growth and the American Future. Washington, DC: Government Printing Office. --- S. Klevansky, and P. Ehrlich (1971) "The effect of crowding on human task performance." J. of Applied Social Psychology 1: 7-25. Galle, O.R., W.R. Gove, and J.M. Mc Pherson (1972) "Population density and pathology: what are the relations for man?" Science 176: 23-30. Hawley, A.H. (1972) "Population density and the city." Demography 9, 4: 521-529. Jacobs, J. (1961) The Death and Life of Great American Cities. New York: Random House. Loo, C.M. (1972) "The effects of spatial density on the social behavior of children." J. of Applied Social Psychology 2: 372-381. Loring, W.C. (1956a) "Housing and social organization." Social Problems 3: 167-173. --- (1956b) "Housing characteristics and social disorganization." J. of Social Problems 3: 160-168. Michelson, W. (1970) Man and His Urban Environment: A Sociological Approach. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley. Milgram, S. (1970) "The experience of living in cities." Science 167: 1461-1468. Mitchell, R.W. (1971) "Some social implications of high density housing." Amer. Soc. Rev. 36: 18-29. O'Dell, J.W. (1968) "Group size and emotional interaction." J. of Personality and Social Psychology 8: 75-78. Proshansky, H.M., W.H. Ittelson, and L.G. Rivlin (1970) "Freedom of choice and behavior in a physical setting," pp. 173-183 in Proshansky et al. (eds.) Environmental Psychology. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Rapoport, A. (1975) "Toward a redefinition of density." Environment and Behavior 7: 133-158. Rosow, I. (1967) Social Integration of the Aged. New York: Macmillan. Ross, M., B. Layton, B. Erickson, and J. Schopler (1973) "Affect, facial regard, and reactions to crowding." J. of Personality and Social Psychology 28: 68-76. Rossi, P. (1979) Why Families Move: A Study in the Social Psychology of Urban Residential Mobility. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage. Rotter, J. (1966) "Generalized expectancies for internal versus external control of reinforcement." Psych. Monographs 80: 1-28. Schmitt, R. (1966) "Density, health, and social disorganization." J. of the Amer. Institute of Planners 32: 38-70. Sherrod, D.R. (1974) "Crowding, perceived control, and behavioral aftereffects." J. of Applied Social Psychology 4: 141-186. Simmel, G. (1971) "The metropolis and mental life," pp. 324-339 in D. L. Levine (ed.) On Individuality and Social Forms. Chicago: Univ. of Chicago Press. (Originally published in 1903.) Stokols, D. (1976) "The experience of crowding in primary and secondary environments." Environment and Behavior 8, 1: 49-86. Thomas, E.J. and C.F. Fink (1963) "Effects of group size." Psych. Bull. 60: 371-384. U.S. Bureau of the Census (1976) Household and Family Characteristics; March 1975. Current Population Reports, Series P-20, No. 291. Washington, DC: Government Printing Office. Verbrugge, L.M. (1977) "The structure of adult friendship choices." Social Forces, 56, 2: 576-597. --- and R.B. Taylor (1977) "Consequences of population density in Baltimore." Presented at the American Sociological Association meetings, Chicago. Wellman, B. and M. Whitaker (1974) High-Rise, Low-Rise: The Effects of High Density Living. Discussion Paper B.74.29 Ottawa: Ministry of State, Urban Affairs. Willems, E.P. (1964) "Review of research," pp. 29-37 in R. G. Barker and P. V. Gump (eds.) Big School, Small School: High School Size and Student Behavior. Stanford, CA: Stanford Univ. Press. Winsborough, H.H. (1965) "The consequences of high population density." Law and Contemporary Problems 31: 120-126. Wirth, L. (1938) "Urbanism as a way of life." Amer. J. of Sociology 44: 1-24. 3108 bytes 1175071 bytes text/plain application/pdf application/pdf Sage Publications

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/435082021-07-29T01:40:21Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_117532col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78414

Unintended Population Consequences of Policies Anderson, Barbara A. Population Studies Center, University of Michigan, 426 Thompson Street, Box 1248, Ann Arbor, MI, 48106-1248 Ann Arbor Geography Public Health/Gesundheitswesen Demography Population Economics Sociology Community & Environmental Psychology Population Policy Fertility Migration Ecology and Evolutionary Biology Population and Demography Science Social Sciences Unintended population consequences of policies stem from three sources: (1) A policy overshoots its original goal; (2) different policies conflict, so that the implementation of one policy inhibits implementation of another policy; (3) negative consequences of a policy are unforeseen, or are anticipated but judged unlikely to be severe or considered less important than the positive aims of the policy. Examples from Singapore, South Africa, Italy, the U.S., and the former Soviet Union are discussed. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/43508/1/11111_2004_Article_489379.pdf 2006-09-08T21:31:03Z 2006-09-08T21:31:03Z 2004-03 Article Anderson, Barbara A.; (2004). "Unintended Population Consequences of Policies." Population and Environment 25(4): 377-390. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/43508> 0199-0039 1573-7810 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/43508 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/sites/entrez?cmd=retrieve&db=pubmed&list_uids=15014981&dopt=citation 15014981 http://dx.doi.org/10.1023/B:POEN.0000036486.71830.f8 Population and Environment en_US 107688 bytes 3115 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Kluwer Academic Publishers-Plenum Publishers; Human Sciences Press, Inc. ; Springer Science+Business Media

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/664802021-09-19T20:49:01Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78545

American High School Seniors View the Military: 1976-1982 Bachman, Jerald G. The University of Michigan Social Sciences (General) Sociology Social Sciences Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/66480/2/10.1177_0095327X8301000104.pdf 2010-04-13T18:33:27Z 2010-04-13T18:33:27Z 1983 Article Bachman, Jerald (1983). "American High School Seniors View the Military: 1976-1982." Armed Forces & Society 10(1): 86-104. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/66480> 0095-327X https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/66480 10.1177/0095327X8301000104 Armed Forces & Society 3108 bytes 2033297 bytes text/plain application/pdf application/pdf Sage Publications

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/429862021-07-29T01:44:10Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78414col_2027.42_78545

Gender Differences in Economic Support and Well-Being of Older Asians Ofstedal, Mary Beth Reidy, Erin Knodel, John Population Studies Center, Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, 426 Thompson St., PO Box 1248, Ann Arbor, MI, 48106-1248, USA Population Studies Center, Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, 426 Thompson St., PO Box 1248, Ann Arbor, MI, 48106-1248, USA National Center for Health Statistics, Centers for Disease Control, 3311 Toledo Road, Room 6306, Hyattsville, MD, 20782, USA Ann Arbor Social Sciences, General Philosophy of Medicine Geriatrics/Gerontology Theory of Medicine/Bioethics Aging Anthropology/Archaeometry Asia Economic Gender Support Well-being Social Work Geriatrics Social Sciences Health Sciences This report provides a comprehensive analysis of gender differences in economic support and well-being in eight countries in Southern and Eastern Asia (Bangladesh, Malaysia, Indonesia, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam, Philippines, and Taiwan). We examine multiple economic indicators, including sources of income, receipt of financial and material support, income levels, ownership of assets, and subjective well-being. Results show substantial variation in gender differences across indicators and provide an important qualification to widely held views concerning the globally disadvantaged position of older women. Whereas men tend to report higher levels of income than women, there is generally little gender difference in housing characteristics, asset ownership, or reports of subjective economic well-being. Unmarried women are economically advantaged compared to unmarried men in some respects, in part because they are more likely to be embedded in multigenerational households and receive both direct and indirect forms of support from family members. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/42986/1/10823_2004_Article_487430.pdf 2006-09-08T20:56:32Z 2006-09-08T20:56:32Z 2004-09 Article Ofstedal, Mary Beth; Reidy, Erin; Knodel, John; (2004). "Gender Differences in Economic Support and Well-Being of Older Asians." Journal of Cross-Cultural Gerontology 19(3): 165-201. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/42986> 0169-3816 1573-0719 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/42986 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/sites/entrez?cmd=retrieve&db=pubmed&list_uids=15243197&dopt=citation 15243197 http://dx.doi.org/10.1023/B:JCCG.0000034218.77328.1f Journal of Cross-Cultural Gerontology en_US 116870 bytes 3115 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Kluwer Academic Publishers-Plenum Publishers; Kluwer Academic Publishers ; Springer Science+Business Media

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/719472021-07-29T01:44:18Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565

Racial differences in the patterns of preterm delivery in central North Carolina, USA Blackmore, Cheryl A. Savitz, David A. Edwards, Lloyd J. Harlow, Sioban D. Bowes, Watson A. Jr. §Department of Epidemiology, University of Michigan School of Public Health, Ann Arbor, Michigan, USA *Division of Reproductive Health, National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Atlanta, Georgia †Departments of Epidemiology University of North Carolina School of Public Health †Departments of Biostatistics, University of North Carolina School of Public Health ¶Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of North Carolina School of Medicine, Chapel Hill, North Carolina Pediatrics Health Sciences In order to assess racial differences in rates of idiopathic preterm labour, preterm premature rupture of membranes, and medically indicated preterm delivery, the authors analysed data on 388 preterm (< 37 completed weeks of gestation) births (7.9% of all births) occurring between 1 September 1988 and 31 August 1989, in three central North Carolina counties. The crude relative risk (RR) of preterm birth among black women compared with white women was 2.6 [95% confidence interval (CI) 2.1, 3.1]. With adjustment for age, gravidity, marital status, education, and county of residence, the estimated relative risk for black women compared with white women was 2.1 (95% CI 1.1,4.1) for medically indicated preterm delivery, 1.6 (95% CI 1.1,2.3) for preterm birth as a result of preterm labour, and 1.9 (95% CI 1.2,3.1) for preterm premature rupture of membranes. Compared with white women, black women were at the highest risk of a preterm birth before 34 weeks of gestation (RR = 2.9; 95% CI 1.8, 4.7). The risk of medically indicated preterm delivery at 36 weeks was considerably higher for black women than for white women (RR = 3.4; 95% CI 1.1,10.2). For a better understanding and ultimately a reduction of the risk for preterm delivery among black women, investigation of specific aetiological pathways and gestational age groups may be required. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/71947/1/j.1365-3016.1995.tb00144.x.pdf 2010-06-01T18:45:00Z 2010-06-01T18:45:00Z 1995-07 Article Blackmore, Cheryl A.; Savitz, David A.; Edwards, Lloyd J.; Harlow, Sioban D.; Jr., Watson A. Bowes (1995). "Racial differences in the patterns of preterm delivery in central North Carolina, USA." Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology 9(3): 281-295. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/71947> 0269-5022 1365-3016 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/71947 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/sites/entrez?cmd=retrieve&db=pubmed&list_uids=7479277&dopt=citation 7479277 10.1111/j.1365-3016.1995.tb00144.x Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology 1 Centers for Disease Control. Infant mortality - United States, 1990. Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report 1993; 42: 161 – 45. 2 National Center for Health Statistics. Advance report of final natality statistics, 1990. Monthly Vital Statistics Report 1993; 41 ( suppl ): 1 – 52. Behrman RE. Premature births among Black women (Editorial). New England Journal of Medicine 1987; 317: 763 – 765. Hogue CJR, Yip R. Preterm delivery: can we lower the Black infant's first hurdle ? Journal of the American Medical Association 1989; 262: 548 – 550. Lieberman E. Ryan KJ, Monson RR, Schoenbaum SC. Risk factors accounting for racial differences in the rate of premature birth. New England journal of Medicine 1987; 317: 743 – 748. Shiono PH, Klebanoff MA. Ethnic differences in preterm and very preterm delivery. American Journal of Public Health 1986; 76: 1317 – 1321. McGrady GA, Sung JFC, Rowley DL, Hogue CJR. Preterm delivery and low birth weight among first-born infants of Black and White college graduates. American Journal of Epidemiology 1992; 136: 266 – 276. Adams MM, Read JA, Rawlings JS, Harlass FB, Sarno AP, Rhodes PH. Preterm delivery among Black and White enlisted women in the United States Army. Obstetrics and Gynecology 1993; 81: 65 – 71. Savitz DA, Blackmore CA, Thorp JM. Epidemiology of preterm delivery: etiologic heterogeneity. American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology 1991; 164: 467 – 471. Tucker M., Goldenberg RL, Davis RO, Copper RL, Winkler CL, Hauth JC. Etiologies of preterm birth in an indigent population: is prevention a logical expectation ? Obstetrics and Gynecology 1991; 77: 343 – 347. Kempe A., Wise PH, Barkan SE, Sappenfield WM, Sachs B., Gortmaker SL, et al. Clinical determinants of the racial disparity in very low birth weight. New England Journal of Medicine 1992; 327: 969 – 973. Herron MA, Katz M., Creasy RK. Evaluation of a preterm birth prevention program: preliminary report. Obstetrics and Gynecology 1981; 59: 452 – 456. Main DM, Gabbe SG, Richardson D., Strong S. Can preterm deliveries be prevented ? American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology 1985; 151: 892 – 898. Gonik B., Creasy RK. Preterm labor: its diagnosis and management. American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology 1986; 154: 3 – 8. Kleinbaum DG, Kupper LL, Morgenstern H. Epidemiologic Research Principles and Quantitative Methods. Belmont, CA: Lifetime Learning Publications, 1982. Roberts JM, Pregnancy-related hypertension. In: Maternal-fetal Medicine: Principles and Practice. Editors: Creasy RK, Resnik R. Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders Company, 1989; pp. 777 – 813. 17 Hypertension Detection and Follow-up Program Cooperative Group. Race, education, and prevalence of hypertension. American Journal of Epidemiology 1977; 106: 351 – 361. James SA, Strogatz DS, Wing SB, Ramsey DL. Socioeconomic status. John Henryism, and hypertension in Blacks and Whites. American Journal of Epidemiology 1987; 126: 664 – 673. James SA, Keenan NL, Strogatz DS, Browning SR, Garrett JM. Socioeconomic status, John Henryism, and blood pressure in Black adults. American Journal of Epidemiology 1992; 135: 59 – 67. Stamler J., Stamler R., Riedlinger WF, Algera G., Roberts RH. Hypertension screening of 1 million Americans: Community Hypertension Evaluation Clinic (CHEC) Program, 1973 through 1975. Journal of the American Medical Association 1976; 235: 2299 – 2306. Meis PJ, Ernest JM, Moore ML. Causes of low birth weight births in public and private patients. American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology 1987; 156: 1165 – 1168. Arias F., Tomich P. Etiology and outcome of low birth weight and preterm infants. Obstetrics and Gynecology 1982; 60: 277 – 281. Piekkala P., Kero P., Erkkola R., Sillanpaa M. Perinatal events and neonatal morbidity: an analysis of 5380 cases. Early Human Development 1986; 13: 249 – 268. Harger JH, Hsing AW, Tuomala RE, Gibbs RS, Mead PB, Eschenbach DA, et al. Risk factors for preterm premature rupture of fetal membranes: a multicenter case-control study. American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology 1990; 163: 130 – 137. Williams MA, Mittendorf R., Stubblefield PG, Lieberman E., Schoenbaum SC, Monson RR. Cigarettes, coffee, and preterm premature rupture of the membranes. American Journal of Epidemiology 1992; 135: 895 – 903. Kramer MS, McLean FH, Eason EL, Usher RH. Maternal nutrition and spontaneous preterm birth. American Journal of Epidemiology 1992; 136: 574 – 583. Ballard JL, Kasmaier K., Driver M. A simplified assessment of gestational age (Abstract). Pediatric Research 1977; 11: 374. Ballard JL, Novak KK, Driver M. A simplified score for assessment of fetal maturation in newly born infants. Journal of Pediatrics 1979; 95: 769 – 774. Berkowitz GS. An epidemiologic study of preterm delivery. American Journal of Epidemiology 1981; 113: 81 – 92. Berkowitz GS. Clinical and obstetric risk factors for preterm delivery. Mount Sinai Journal of Medicine 1985; 52: 239 – 247. Dubowitz L., Dubowitz V., Goldberg C. Clinical assessment of gestational age in the newborn infant. Journal of Pediatrics 1970; 77: 1 – 10. Goldenberg RL, Davis RO, Cutter GR, Hoffman HJ, Brumfield CG, Foster JM. Prematurity, postdates, and growth retardation: the influence of use of ultrasonography on reported gestational age. American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology 1989; 160: 462 – 470. Jimenez JM, Tyson JE, Reisch JS. Clinical measures of gestational age in normal pregnancies. Obstetrics and Gynecology 1983; 61: 438 – 443. Kramer MS, McLean FH, Boyd ME, Usher RH. The validity of gestational age estimation by menstrual dating in term, preterm, and postterm gestations. Journal of the American Medical Association 1988; 260: 3306 – 3308. Berkowitz GS, Papiernik E. Epidemiology of preterm birth. Epidemiologic Reviews 1993; 15: 414 – 443. DeBaun MR, Rowley D., Province M., Stockbauer JW, Cole FC. The race-specific effects of antepartum maternal medical complication on the incidence of very low birthweight (VLBW) infants [Abstract]. Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology 1993; 7: A23. David RJ, Collins JW. Bad outcomes in Black babies: race or racism. Ethnicity and Disease 1991; 1: 236 – 244. Davidson EC, Fukushima T. The racial disparity in infant mortality (Editorial). New England Journal of Medicine 1992; 327: 1022 – 1024. Rowley DL, Hogue CJR, Blackmore CA, Ferre CD, Hatfield-Timajchy K., Branch P., et al. Preterm delivery among African-American women: a research strategy. American Journal of Preventive Medicine 1993; 9 ( supplement 2 ): 1 – 7. Blackmore C A, Ferre CD, Rowley DL, Hogue CJR, Gaiter J., Atrash H. Is race a risk factor or a risk marker for preterm delivery ? Ethnicity & Disease 1993; 3: 94 – 109. 1995 Blackwell Publishing Ltd 920282 bytes 3109 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Blackwell Publishing Ltd

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/677192021-07-29T01:44:35Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_117532col_2027.42_78565

Effects of Interviewer Age on Reporting of Sexual and Reproductive Behavior of Hispanic and African American Youth Ford, Kathleen Norris, Anne University of Michigan Boston College Latin American and Caribbean Studies Psychology Social Sciences The purpose of this article is to evaluate the effects of interviewer age on the reporting of personal behaviors including sexual experience, abortion, live births, and condom use. Data were drawn from a household probability sample of 1,435 urban, low-income, African American and Hispanic youths 15 to 24 years of age conducted in 1991. The results indicate that interviewer age does play a role in the reporting of sensitive behaviors, although the effects were not uniform for gender and ethnic groups. The strongest effects were observed for Hispanic women who reported more sexual activity to younger interviewers. Implications for making comparisons of sexual risk behaviors between ethnic groups with sample survey data are discussed. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/67719/2/10.1177_07399863970193008.pdf 2010-04-13T19:44:41Z 2010-04-13T19:44:41Z 1997 Article Ford, Kathleen; Norris, Anne (1997). "Effects of Interviewer Age on Reporting of Sexual and Reproductive Behavior of Hispanic and African American Youth." Hispanic Journal of Behavioral Sciences 3(19): 369-376. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/67719> 0739-9863 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/67719 10.1177/07399863970193008 Abramson, P. R., & Herdt, G. (1990). The assessment of sexual practices relevant to the transmission of AIDS: A global perspective. Joumal of Sex Research, 27, 215-232. Berk, M. L., & Bernstein, A. B. (1988). Interviewer characteristics and performance on a complex health survey. Social Science Research, 17, 239-251. Catania, J., Gibson, D., Marin, B., Coates, T. J., & Greenblatt, R. M. (1990). Response bias in assessing sexual behaviors relevant to HIV transmission. Evaluation and Program Planning, 13, 19-29. Ford, K., & Norris, A. E. (1991). Methodological considerations for survey research on sexual behavior: Urban African American and Hispanic youth. Journal of Sex Research, 28, 539-555. Ford, K., & Norris, A. E. (1993). Urban Hispanic adolescents and young adults: Relationship of acculturation to sexual behavior. Journal of Sex Research, 30, 316-323. Forrest, J. D., & Singh, S. (1990). The sexual and reproductive behavior of American women 1982-1988. Family Planning Perspectives, 22, 206-214. Groves, R. M. (1989). Survey errors and survey costs. New York: John Wiley. Jiminez, R. (1987). Educating minorities about AIDS: Challenges and strategies. Family & Community Health, 10, 70-83. Kane, E. W., & Macula, L. J. (1995). Interviewer gender and gender attitudes. Public Opinion Quarterly, 57, 1-28. Marin, B. V., Marin, G., & Juarez, R. (1988, August). Prevention of AIDS in the Latino community: Cultural issues. Paper presented at the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association, Atlanta, GA. Mays, V., & Jackson, J. (1991). AIDS survey methodology with Black Americans. Social Science and Medicine, 33, 47-54. Padilla, E. R., & O'Grady, K. E. (1987). Sexuality among Mexican Americans: A case of sexual stereotyping. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 52, 5-10. 3108 bytes 620957 bytes text/plain application/pdf application/pdf SAGE PUBLICATIONS, INC.

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/560672021-07-29T01:53:45Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78414col_2027.42_78545

Estimation of the proportion of overweight individuals in small areas—a robust extension of the Fay–Herriot model Xie, Dawei Raghunathan, Trivellore E. Lepkowski, James M. Department of Biostatistics and Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, U.S.A. Department of Biostatistics and Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, U.S.A. Department of Biostatistics and Epidemiology, Center for Clinical Epidemiology and Biostatistics, University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine, 617 Blockley Hall, 423 Guardian Drive, Philadelphia, PA 19104, U.S.A. ; Department of Biostatistics and Epidemiology, Center for Clinical Epidemiology and Biostatistics, University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine, 617 Blockley Hall, 423 Guardian Drive, Philadelphia, PA 19104, U.S.A. Mathematics and Statistics Medicine (General) Statistics and Numeric Data Public Health Health Sciences Science Social Sciences Hierarchical model such as Fay–Herriot (FH) model is often used in small area estimation. The method might perform well overall but is vulnerable to outliers. We propose a robust extension of the FH model by assuming the area random effects follow a t distribution with an unknown degrees-of-freedom parameter. The inferences are constructed using a Bayesian framework. Monte Carlo Markov Chain (MCMC) such as Gibbs sampling and Metropolis–Hastings acceptance and rejection algorithms are used to obtain the joint posterior distribution of model parameters. The procedure is used to estimate the county-level proportion of overweight individuals from the 2003 public-use Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance System (BRFSS) data. We also discuss two approaches for identifying outliers in the context of this application. Copyright © 2006 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/56067/1/2709_ftp.pdf 2007-09-20T18:44:58Z 2008-09-08T14:25:12Z 2007-06-15 Article Xie, Dawei; Raghunathan, Trivellore E.; Lepkowski, James M. (2007)."Estimation of the proportion of overweight individuals in small areas—a robust extension of the Fay–Herriot model." Statistics in Medicine 26(13): 2699-2715. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/56067> 0277-6715 1097-0258 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/56067 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/sites/entrez?cmd=retrieve&db=pubmed&list_uids=17016862&dopt=citation 17016862 http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/sim.2709 Statistics in Medicine IndexNoFollow 246065 bytes 3118 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/434862021-07-29T01:54:10Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_35325col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565

Men, women, and sustainability Low, Bobbi S. School of Natural Resources and Environment, University of Michigan, 48109-1115, Ann Arbor, MI Ann Arbor Geography Public Health/Gesundheitswesen Population Economics Sociology Demography Ecology and Evolutionary Biology Population and Demography Social Sciences Science Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/43486/1/11111_2005_Article_BF02208407.pdf 2006-09-08T21:29:39Z 2006-09-08T21:29:39Z 1996-11 Article Low, Bobbi S.; (1996). "Men, women, and sustainability." Population and Environment 18(2): 111-141. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/43486> 0199-0039 1573-7810 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/43486 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/BF02208407 Population and Environment en_US 1778334 bytes 3115 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Kluwer Academic Publishers-Human Sciences Press; Human Sciences Press, Inc. ; Springer Science+Business Media

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/580452021-07-29T01:57:13Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_51534col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78545

Elementary Structures in the Nepal Himalaya: Reciprocity and the Politics of Hierarchy in Ghale-Tamang Marriage Fricke, Tom Anthropology, Department of Ann Arbor Nepal, Kinship, Tamang, Ghale, Marriage, Politics Anthropology and Archaeology Social Sciences Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/58045/1/Fricke1990.ethnology.pdf 2008-03-10T19:57:22Z 2008-03-10T19:57:22Z 1990-04 Article Ethnology, vol. 29, no. 2, pp. 135-158 <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/58045> https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/58045 en_US 807536 bytes application/pdf application/pdf Ethnology: An International Journal of Cultural and Social Anthropology (University of Pittsburgh)

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/392012021-07-29T01:58:00Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_58620col_2027.42_78415col_2027.42_78545

An experimental design for the development of adaptive treatment strategies Murphy, Susan A. Department of Statistics, Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI, U.S.A. ; Department of Statistics, Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI, U.S.A. Mathematics and Statistics Medicine (General) Statistics and Numeric Data Public Health Health Sciences Science Social Sciences In adaptive treatment strategies, the treatment level and type is repeatedly adjusted according to ongoing individual response. Since past treatment may have delayed effects, the development of these treatment strategies is challenging. This paper advocates the use of sequential multiple assignment randomized trials in the development of adaptive treatment strategies. Both a simple ad hoc method for ascertaining sample sizes and simple analysis methods are provided. Copyright © 2004 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/39201/1/2022_ftp.pdf 2006-06-21T14:17:02Z 2006-06-21T14:17:02Z 2005-05-30 Article Murphy, S. A. (2005)."An experimental design for the development of adaptive treatment strategies." Statistics in Medicine 24(10): 1455-1481. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/39201> 0277-6715 1097-0258 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/39201 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/sites/entrez?cmd=retrieve&db=pubmed&list_uids=15586395&dopt=citation 15586395 http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/sim.2022 Statistics in Medicine en_US IndexNoFollow 214342 bytes 3118 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/351452021-07-29T02:00:58Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_56218col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78545

Complex sample design effects and inference for mental health survey data Heeringa, Steven G. Liu, Jinyun Division of Surveys and Technologies, Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor USA ; Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, 426 Thompson Street, Ann Arbor, MI 48104, USA. Survey Design and Analysis Unit, Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, USA Life and Medical Sciences Psychiatry Psychiatry Health Sciences Health Sciences Mental health researchers world-wide are using large-scale sample survey methods to study mental health epidemiology and services utilization in general, non-clinical populations (Alegria et al. in press). This article reviews important statistical methods and software that apply to descriptive and multivariate analysis of data collected in sample surveys. A comparative analysis of mental health surveys in international locations is used to illustrate analysis procedures and ‘design effects’ for survey estimates of population statistics, model parameters and test statistics. This article addresses the following questions. How should a research analyst approach the analysis of sample survey data? Are there software tools available to perform this analysis? Is the use of ‘correct’ survey analysis methods important to interpretation of survey data? It addresses the question of approaches to the analysis of complex sample survey data. The latest developments in software tools for the analysis of complex sample survey data are covered, and empirical examples are presented that illustrate the impact of survey sample design features on the interpretation of confidence intervals and test statistics for univariate and multivariate analyses. Copyright © 1998 Whurr Publishers Ltd. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/35145/1/34_ftp.pdf 2006-04-19T14:12:40Z 2006-04-19T14:12:40Z 1998-02 Article Heeringa, Steven G.; Liu, Jinyun (1998)."Complex sample design effects and inference for mental health survey data." International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research 7(1): 56-65. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/35145> 1049-8931 1234-988X https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/35145 http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/mpr.34 International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research en_US IndexNoFollow 480372 bytes 3118 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/603382021-10-08T22:23:14Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_40242col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78545

Neighborhood Characteristics and Hypertension Mujahid, Mahasin S. Diez Roux, Ana V. Morenoff, Jeffrey D. Raghunathan, Trivellore E. Shea, Steven Cooper, R. Ni, Hanyu Epidemiology, Department of Ann Arbor Public Health Health Sciences Background: The goal of this study was to investigate cross-sectional associations between features of neighborhoods and hypertension and to examine the sensitivity of results to various methods of estimating neighborhood conditions. Methods: We used data from the Multi-Ethnic Study of Atherosclerosis on 2612 individuals 45–85 years of age. Hypertension was defined as systolic blood pressure above 140 mm Hg, diastolic pressure above 90 mm Hg, or use of antihypertensive medications. Neighborhood (census tract) conditions potentially related to hypertension (walking environment, availability of healthy foods, safety, social cohesion) were measured using information from a separate phone survey conducted in the study neighborhoods. For each neighborhood we estimated scale scores by aggregating residents’ responses using simple aggregation (crude means) and empirical Bayes estimation (unconditional, conditional, and spatial). These estimates of neighborhood conditions were linked to each study participant based on the census tract of residence. Two-level binomial regression methods were used to estimate adjusted associations between neighborhood conditions and hypertension. Results: Residents of neighborhoods with better walkability, availability of healthy foods, greater safety, and more social cohesion were less likely to be hypertensive (relative prevalence [95% confidence interval] for 90th vs. 10th percentile of conditional empirical Bayes estimate = 0.75 [0.64–0.88], 0.72 [0.61–0.85], 0.74 [0.63–0.86], and 0.69 [0.57–0.83]), respectively, after adjusting for site, age, sex, income, and education. Associations were attenuated and often disappeared after additional adjustments for race/ethnicity. Conclusion: Neighborhood walkability, food availability, safety, and social cohesion may be mechanisms that link neighborhoods to hypertension. http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/60338/1/Neighborhood Characteristics and Hypertension.pdf 2008-07-14T14:37:17Z 2008-07-14T14:37:17Z 2008-07 Article 19(4):590-598 <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/60338> https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/60338 en_US 335255 bytes application/pdf application/pdf Epidemiology

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/249362021-07-29T22:50:23Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_117532col_2027.42_78565

How physicians treat mentally distressed men and women Verbrugge, Lois M. Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, P.O. Box 1248, Ann Arbor, MI 48106, U.S.A. Public Health Sociology Anthropology and Archaeology Health Sciences Social Sciences There is speculation that women receive different medical care than men because physicians have stereotyped views about women's symptoms and treatment preferences. This paper asks if men and women who visit physicians for mental distress receive comparable medical care and, if not, whether medical considerations or psychosocial ones explain the differences. Data are from a large national survey of ambulatory care visits in the United States. We find that women and men are equally likely to report mental distress as their main problem to physicians. Physicians determine that distressed men have mental disorders more often than distressed women. On the whole, distressed men and women receive similar numbers of diagnostic services, therapeutic services and dispositions for follow-up care. The kinds of services and dispositions differ a little: women tend to receive limited examinations, blood pressure checks and drug prescriptions more often; men are more likely to have general examinations, medical counseling or no service at all. Women are retained for follow-up care with the same physician more often; men tend to be sent elsewhere for additional care or no follow-up plans at all are made for them. Sex differences in care are statistically small (only 6% of the many comparisons are significant at P non psychiatrists' offices and it usually shows women receiving more of a given service or disposition. Differential care for women and men can be due to medical factors (such as patient age, prior visit status, seriousness of problem) or psychosocial ones (such as patient requests, patient emotionality, physician sex bias). When we control for several medical factors, the significant sex differences persist. This suggests that the extra care distressed women sometimes receive from nonpsychiatrists is due to patient behavior or physician attitudes. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/24936/1/0000363.pdf 2006-04-07T18:32:16Z 2006-04-07T18:32:16Z 1984 Article Verbrugge, Lois M. (1984)."How physicians treat mentally distressed men and women." Social Science &amp; Medicine 18(1): 1-9. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/24936> http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/B6VBF-466KN9N-K9/2/242a4b93d8626d3ed4527c9c825518c3 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/sites/entrez?cmd=retrieve&db=pubmed&list_uids=6695197&dopt=citation https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/24936 6695197 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0277-9536(84)90338-1 Social Science &amp; Medicine en_US IndexNoFollow 1007519 bytes 3118 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Elsevier

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/557482021-10-05T21:58:52Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_60161col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21609col_2027.42_78565

Dynamics of Labor Market Entry and Youth Unemployment in South Africa: Evidence from the Cape Area Panel Study Lam, David A. Leibbrandt, Murray Mlatsheni, Cecil IUniversity of Michigan University of Cape Town University of Cape Town Ann Arbor Youth, Market Entry, Unemployment, South Africa Social Sciences http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/55748/4/IPC-working-paper-034-Lam.pdf 2007-05-20 2007-09-11T18:34:27Z 2007-09-11T18:34:27Z 2007-09-11T18:34:27Z Working Paper https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/55748 en_US IPC Working Paper Series No. 34 422195 bytes application/pdf application/pdf

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/259252021-07-29T22:51:43Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_117532col_2027.42_78565

Triggers of symptoms and health care Verbrugge, Lois M. Institute of Gerontology, University of Michigan, 300 North Ingalls, Ann Arbor, MI 48109, U.S.A. Public Health Sociology Anthropology and Archaeology Health Sciences Social Sciences This article studies triggers of physical symptoms and health care on a daily basis. The data used are health diaries kept for 6 weeks by 589 adults in metropolitan Detroit. The results show that bad moods consistently trigger physical problems and health actions (medical drug use, medical care, lay consultation, restricted activity) for men and women of all ages. Negative events have small effects on these outcomes, sometimes acting as triggers, but sometimes as dampers. Physical malaise (feeling bad overall) is an especially strong trigger for symptomatic people to take health actions. Troubles of all kinds--bad moods, physical malaise, symptoms, negative events--tend to repeat from one day to the next. Yesterday's troubles help trigger symptoms and health care today, but they have less influence than today's troubles do. When troubles continue for 2 days in a row, this spurs people especially to seek professional help. Women tend to respond more predictably and simply to triggers than men do, and older people appear to be more sensitive and responsive to triggers. The results indicate that the social stress and health model, which typically considers the longrun of major life events and chronic mental and physical conditions, is also apt for the shortrun of daily negative events, bad moods and physical discomfort and symptoms. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/25925/1/0000488.pdf 2006-04-07T19:16:02Z 2006-04-07T19:16:02Z 1985 Article Verbrugge, Lois M. (1985)."Triggers of symptoms and health care." Social Science &amp; Medicine 20(9): 855-876. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/25925> http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/B6VBF-4692PGB-2H/2/d629d18dc59e53f9e505b597d6f33db3 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/sites/entrez?cmd=retrieve&db=pubmed&list_uids=4012364&dopt=citation https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/25925 4012364 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0277-9536(85)90343-0 Social Science &amp; Medicine en_US IndexNoFollow 1853796 bytes 3118 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Elsevier

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/677122021-07-29T22:52:08Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_117532col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78414col_2027.42_78545

The Courtship Process and Adolescent Sexuality Thornton, Arland University of Michigan Social Work Sociology Social Sciences This article examines adolescent sexuality within the context of a life course developmental model and considers the causal interrelationships of sexual behavior with dating, courtship, and planning for marriage. Data from a sample of 18-year-old men and women document the importance of dating and courtship development on the initiation of intimate heterosexual relations. Young people who begin to date at an early age also tend to develop steady relationships relatively early and continue to date more frequently. Both the timing of the initiation of dating and the development of steady dating relationships have substantial implications for the development of sexual relations. Young women and men who begin dating early and who develop steady relations early are more likely to be sexually experienced, to have had sexual relations with more partners, to be more sexually active during their late teenage years, and to have more permissive attitudes concerning premarital sex. Among those who experience sexual intercourse, those who had their first experience at a relatively young age had the most partners and had intercourse more frequently when they were 18. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/67712/2/10.1177_019251390011003002.pdf 2010-04-13T19:44:17Z 2010-04-13T19:44:17Z 1990 Article THORNTON, ARLAND (1990). "The Courtship Process and Adolescent Sexuality." Journal of Family Issues 3(11): 239-273. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/67712> 0192-513X https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/67712 10.1177/019251390011003002 Bachrach, C. A., & Horn, M. C. (1985). Marriage and first intercourse, marital dissolution, and remarriage: United States, 1982 (Vital and Health Statistics of the National Center for Health Statistics No. 107). Washington, DC: National Center for Health Statistics. Chilman, C. S. (1980). Toward a reconceptualization of adolescent sexuality. In C. S. Chilman (Ed.), Adolescent pregnancy and childbearing. Washington, DC: Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office. Freedman, D., Thornton, A., & Camburn, D. (1980). Maintaining response rates in longitudinal studies. Sociological Methods & Research, 9, 87-98. Gagnon, J. H. (1977). Human sexualities. Glenview, IL: Scott, Foresman. Miller, B. C., Mc Coy, J. K., & Olson, T. D. (1986). Dating age and stage as correlates of adolescent sexual attitudes and behavior. Journal of Adolescent Research, 1, 367-371. Opinion Roundup. (1982). Public Opinion, 5, 30-36. Peplau, L. A., Rubin, Z., & Hill, C. T. (1977). Sexual intimacy in dating relationships. Journal of Social Issues, 3, 86-109. Reiss, I. L. (1960). Premarital sexual standards in America. New York: Free Press. Reiss, I. L. (1964). The scaling of premarital sexual permissiveness. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 26, 188-198. Reiss, I. L. (1967). The social context of premarital sexual permissiveness. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Reiss, I. L., & Miller, B. C. (1979). Heterosexual permissiveness: A theoretical analysis. In W. R. Burr, R. Hill, F. I. Nye, & I. L. Reiss (Eds.), Contemporary theories about the family (pp. 57-100). New York: Free Press. Thornton, A. (1989). Changing attitudes toward family issues in the United States. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 51, 873-894. Thornton, A., & Freedman, D. (1983). The changing American family. Population Bulletin, 38, 1-42. Thornton, A., Freedman, D., & Camburn, D. (1982). Obtaining respondent cooperation in family panel studies. Sociological Methods & Research, 11, 35-51. Udry, J. R. (1988). Biological predispositions and social control in adolescent sexual behavior. American Sociological Review, 53, 709-722. Udry, J. R., Talbert, L. M., & Morris, N. M. (1986). Biosocial foundations for adolescent female sexuality. Demography, 23, 217-230. Zelnik, M., Kantner, J. F., & Ford, K. (1981). Sex and pregnancy in adolescence. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage. 3108 bytes 2841243 bytes text/plain application/pdf application/pdf SAGE PUBLICATIONS

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/435592021-07-29T22:52:09Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78414col_2027.42_78545

Social environmental impacts on survey cooperation Couper, Mick P. Groves, Robert M. Survey Research Center, University of Michigan, 1218 Le Frak Hall, 20742, College Park, MD, U.S.A.; Joint Program in Survey Methodology, 1218 Le Frak Hall, 20742, College Park, MD, U.S.A. Survey Research Center, University of Michigan, 1218 Le Frak Hall, 20742, College Park, MD, U.S.A.; Joint Program in Survey Methodology, 1218 Le Frak Hall, 20742, College Park, MD, U.S.A. Ann Arbor Social Sciences, General Methodology of the Social Sciences Social Sciences (General) Philosophy Statistics and Numeric Data Science Social Sciences Humanities Social environmental influences on survey cooperation are explored using data from six national household surveys in the United States matched to 1990 decennial census data. Consistent with the past literature on prosocial behavior, cooperation rates in these six surveys are found to be lower in urban, densely populated, high crime rate areas. Measures of social cohesion show no evidence of influencing cooperation. The influence of the environmental variables is then observed after introducing statistical controls for household structure, race, age of household members, presence of children, and socioeconomic attributes of households. Over half of the measured influence of the environmental variables is explained by these household-level attributes. These findings have practical import for survey administrators and are informative for the construction of a theory of survey participation. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/43559/1/11135_2004_Article_BF00153986.pdf 2006-09-08T21:34:17Z 2006-09-08T21:34:17Z 1996-05 Article Couper, Mick P.; Groves, Robert M.; (1996). "Social environmental impacts on survey cooperation." Quality and Quantity 30(2): 173-188. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/43559> 0033-5177 1573-7845 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/43559 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/BF00153986 Quality and Quantity en_US 1165378 bytes 3115 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Kluwer Academic Publishers; Springer Science+Business Media

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/719892021-10-05T21:58:52Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_117532col_2027.42_78565

Stages of the Demographic Transition from a Child's Perspective: Family Size, Cohort Size, and Children's Resources Lam, David A. Marteleto, Letícia Professor, Dept. of Economics, Population Studies Center, University of Michigan, 426 Thompson, Ann Arbor, MI 48106 Professor, Dept. of Economics, Population Studies Center, University of Michigan, 426 Thompson, Ann Arbor, MI 48106 Population and Demography Social Sciences Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/71989/1/j.1728-4457.2008.00218.x.pdf 2010-06-01T18:47:38Z 2010-06-01T18:47:38Z 2008-06 Article Lam, David; Marteleto, LetÍcia (2008). "Stages of the Demographic Transition from a Child's Perspective: Family Size, Cohort Size, and Children's Resources." Population and Development Review 34(2): 225-252. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/71989> 0098-7921 1728-4457 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/71989 19122883 10.1111/j.1728-4457.2008.00218.x Population and Development Review Anh, Truong Si, John Knodel, David Lam, and Jed Friedman. 1998. “ Family size and children's education in Vietnam,” Demography 35 ( 1 ): 57 – 70. Birdsall, Nancy and Richard Sabot. 1996. Opportunity Foregone: Education in Brazil Washington, DC: Inter-American Development Bank. Blacker, John, Collins Opiyo, Momodou Jasseh, Andy Sloggett, and John Ssekamatte-Ssebuliba. 2005. “ Fertility in Kenya and Uganda: A comparative study of trends and determinants,” Population Studies 59 ( 3 ): 355 – 373. Bongaarts, John and Rodolfo A. Bulatao. 1999. “ Completing the demographic transition,” Population and Development Review 25 ( 3 ): 515 – 529. Jones, Gavin W. 1971. “ Effects of population growth on the attainment of educational goals in developing countries,” in National Academy of Sciences (ed.), Rapid Population Growth. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press. Kelley, Allen C. 1996. “ The consequences of rapid population growth on human resource development: The case of education,” in Dennis A. Ahlburg, Allen C. Kelley, and Karen Oppenheim Mason, ( eds. ), The Impact of Population Growth on Well-Being in Developing Countries Berlin: Springer. Kelley, Allen C. 2001. “ The population debate in historical perspective: Revisionism revised,” in Nancy Birdsall, Allen C. Kelley, and Steven W. Sinding, ( eds. ), Population Matters: Demographic Change, Economic Growth, and Poverty in the Developing World Oxford: Oxford University Press. King, Elizabeth. 1987. “ The effect of family size on family welfare,” in D. Gale Johnson and Ronald D. Lee, ( eds. ), Population Growth and Economic Development: Issues and Evidence Madison: University of Wisconsin Press. Knodel, John and Malinee Wongsith. 1991. “ Family size and children's education in Thailand: Evidence from a national sample,” Demography 28 ( 1 ): 119 – 131. Lam, David. 2006. “ The demography of youth in developing countries and its economic implications,” World Bank Policy Research Working Paper #4022, October. Lam, David and Suzanne Duryea. 1999. “ Effects of schooling on fertility, labor supply, and investments in children, with evidence from Brazil,” The Journal of Human Resources 34 ( 1 ): 160 – 192. Lam, David and LetÍcia Marteleto. 2005. “ Small families and large cohorts: The impact of the demographic transition on schooling in Brazil,” in Cynthia B. Lloyd, Jere R. Behrman, Nelly P. Stromquist, and Barney Cohen, ( eds. ), The Changing Transitions to Adulthood in Developing Countries: Selected Studies Washington, DC: The National Academies Press. Lam, David and LetÍcia Marteleto 2008. “ Family size of children and women during the demographic transition,” paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the Population Association of America, New Orleans, April. Lloyd, Cynthia B. 1994 “ Investing in the next generation: The implications of high fertility at the level of the family,” in Robert Cassen, ( ed. ), Population and Development: Old Debates, New Conclusions Washington, DC: Overseas Development Council. Lloyd, Cynthia B. 2005. Growing Up Global: The Changing Transitions to Adulthood in Developing Countries Washington, DC: The National Academies Press. Marteleto, LetÍcia. 2001. “ A cohort analysis of children's schooling in Brazil: Do number and composition of siblings matter,?” paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the Population Association of America, Washington, DC, March. Martine, George. 1996. “ Brazil's fertility decline, 1965–95: A fresh look at key factors,” Population and Development Review 22 ( 1 ): 47 – 75. Minnesota Population Center. 2007. Integrated Public Use Microdata Series-International: Version 3.0. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota. Mueller, Eva. 1984. “ The value and allocation of time in rural Botswana,” Journal of Development Economics 15: 329 – 360. Parish, William L. and Robert J. Willis. 1993. “ Daughters, education, and family budgets: Taiwan experiences,” The Journal of Human Resources 28 ( 4 ): 863 – 898. Patrinos, Harry and George Psacharopoulos. 1997. “ Family size, schooling and child labor in Peru: An empirical analysis,” Journal of Population Economics 10: 387 – 405. Preston, Samuel H. 1976. “ Family sizes of children and family sizes of women,” Demography 13 ( 1 ): 105 – 114. Psacharopoulos, George and Ana Maria Arriagada. 1989. “ The determinants of early age human capital formation: Evidence from Brazil,” Economic Development and Cultural Change 37 ( 4 ): 683 – 708. Ryder, Norman B. 1975. “ Reproductive behaviour and the family life cycle,” in The Population Debate: Dimensions and Perspectives: Papers of the World Population Conference. Bucharest, 1974. New York: United Nations. Schultz, T. Paul. 1987. “ School expenditures and enrollments, 1960–80: The effects of income, prices, and population growth,” in D. Gale Johnson and Ronald D. Lee, ( eds. ) Population Growth and Economic Development: Issues and Evidence. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press. United Nations Population Division. 2005. World Population Prospects: The 2004 Revision New York: United Nations. World Bank. 1984. World Development Report 1984: Population Change and Economic Development New York: Oxford University Press. World Bank. 2006. World Development Report 2007: Development and the Next Generation New York: Oxford University Press. © 2008 The Population Council, Inc. 494533 bytes 3109 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Blackwell Publishing Ltd

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/580022021-10-07T21:39:08Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_40242col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78545

Mujahid et al. Respond to "Beyond the Metrics for Measuring Neighborhood Effects" Diez Roux, Ana V. Mujahid, Mahasin S. Morenoff, Jeffrey D. Raghunathan, Trivellore E. Epidemiology, Department of Ann Arbor Public Health Health Sciences In her commentary, Dr. Lynne Messer (1) recognizes the important contributions of our paper (2) to the discussion of methodological issues related to measurement of neighborhood or area-level properties. Dr. Messer reviews the many challenges involved in observational studies of neighborhood health effects, which we and other investigators have noted (3–8). A major challenge is developing theoretical models of the processes through which neighborhoods (or areas) may affect health. Messer argues that our paper "promises more, from a theoretical perspective, than it delivers" (1, p. 869). Our paper is merely a methodological illustration, with no grandiose theoretical aims. However, we do base the measures we explore on a theoretical model of the processes through which residential context may affect cardiovascular disease risk (1, 9). In her discussion of this model, Messer confuses inconsistent empirical support for aspects of the model with the absence of theory itself. Theorizing on the spatial scale at which different area processes operate is obviously important, but unfortunately there is very little information on which to base this theory. Additional qualitative research on the ways in which individuals interact with spaces may help us develop better theoretical models that may then be empirically tested. However, even if we were able to offer some crude hypotheses regarding spatial scales relevant to different processes, there are features of areas that could plausibly operate at multiple levels. Ultimately, we must rely on empirical research to uncover such relations rather than make a priori assertions under the guise of theory. For this, improving the validity of area-level measures and sensitivity analyses like the ones we present is crucial. Dr. Messer also alludes to the well-established challenges in estimating causal effects from observational data. Nonexchangeability (or its simpler and less fashionable synonym, "residual confounding") is always a concern. Messer implies that because of this, observational work in neighborhood health-effects research is meaningless. Firm believers in nonexchangeability will accept no defense of observational studies because it is impossible to categorically rule out residual confounding, except in the case of the ideal counterfactual experiment. However, claims of residual confounding also need to be subjected to empirical inquiry: What specific confounders have been omitted, and how strong are their effects expected to be? Careful observational work can empirically examine the sensitivity of results to different degrees of residual confounding and degrees of extrapolation. In this, neighborhood effects research is no different than the rest of epidemiology. Given the many limitations and logistical challenges of randomized trials (particularly for the study of neighborhood effects), reliance on observational and quasi-experimental data is likely to continue. Hence, anything we can do to improve the rigor of observational work is crucial. Our objective in the current paper was (merely) to contribute to emerging work on the measurement of area-level constructs, not to fully develop a theory on neighborhood causal effects or to resolve the issue of relevant spatial scale. Our objective was not even to estimate associations between neighborhood characteristics and health outcomes. Instead, we wanted to further develop and evaluate our ability to measure area-level constructs. Epidemiologists are very sophisticated at measuring individual-level characteristics but not as sophisticated at measuring features of ecologic settings. This seriously hampers their ability to examine contextual effects. Our analyses illustrate one approach to quantifying the measurement properties of area-based measures. This approach can be adapted to different constructs and different spatial scales, depending on the research problem and underlying theory. We firmly believe that improving the quality of measurement of area-level constructs is a prerequisite for more rigorous observational work. In fact, several of the inferential problems that arise when area socioeconomic status characteristics are used as proxies for features of areas may be reduced when specific features of areas are examined instead of aggregate socioeconomic status measures (which are, by definition, correlated with individual socioeconomic status, thus magnifying the extrapolation and exchangeability problems). We hope that the illustration we provide in our paper (2) will encourage other investigators to develop and test theoretically relevant area measures and to contrast different approaches to their measurement. Understanding if and how contexts (including neighborhoods) affect health is challenging and complex, but it is also enormously important from the point of view of public health and policy. In order to answer questions regarding these effects, we need to move beyond blanket (and sometimes facile) critiques, roll up our sleeves, and see if we can improve on the work that has been done to date. This means dealing with a messy, correlated, and confounded reality and doing the best we can to glean truth from our observations. As epidemiologists, this is our job, and also our responsibility to the public. http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/58002/1/Mujahid et al Respond to Beyond the Metrics for Measuring Neighborhood Effects.pdf 2008-02-18T14:21:35Z 2008-02-18T14:21:35Z 2007 Article American Journal of Epidemiology 2007 165(8):872-873 <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/58002> https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/58002 en_US 39354 bytes application/pdf application/pdf American Journal of Epidemiology

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/254572021-07-29T22:54:43Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_117532col_2027.42_78565

Achievement and women: Challenging the assumptions : by and . The Free Press, New York, 1982. 188 pp. $19.95 Verbrugge, Lois M. Institute of Gerontology and Institute for Social Research The University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI, U.S.A. Public Health Sociology Anthropology and Archaeology Health Sciences Social Sciences Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/25457/1/0000907.pdf 2006-04-07T18:51:21Z 2006-04-07T18:51:21Z 1983 Article Verbrugge, Lois M. (1983)."Achievement and women: Challenging the assumptions : by and . The Free Press, New York, 1982. 188 pp. $19.95." Social Science &amp; Medicine 17(23): 1938-1939. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/25457> http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/B6VBF-4665D9N-NG/2/e3f936cfd3e4a094794c636706681996 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/25457 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0277-9536(83)90184-3 Social Science &amp; Medicine en_US IndexNoFollow 319984 bytes 3118 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Elsevier

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/300082021-07-29T22:55:23Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78545

Cigarette smoking among youth -- United States, 1989 Bachman, Jerald G. Johnston, Lloyd D. O'Malley, P. M. University of Michigan, USA University of Michigan, USA University of Michigan, USA Public Health Social Work Psychology Medicine (General) Internal Medicine and Specialties Social Sciences Health Sciences Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/30008/1/0000376.pdf 2006-04-10T15:11:39Z 2006-04-10T15:11:39Z 1992-06 Article Bachman, J. G., Johnston, L. D., OMalley, P. M. (1992/06)."Cigarette smoking among youth -- United States, 1989." Patient Education and Counseling 19(3): 287-289. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/30008> http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/B6TBC-4C00J61-47/2/1bf7e43c79c6182066f1f056ed6cdfea https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/30008 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0738-3991(92)90148-C Patient Education and Counseling en_US IndexNoFollow 332116 bytes 3118 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Elsevier

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/436982021-07-29T22:55:48Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78414col_2027.42_78545

Changes in Subjective and Objective Measures of Economic Well-Being and Their Interrelationship among the Elderly in Singapore and Taiwan Chan, Angelique Ofstedal, Mary Beth Hermalin, Albert I. Survey Research Center and Population Studies Center, Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, 48106 Department of Sociology and Research Scientist Emeritus, Population Studies Center, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, 48106 Department of Sociology, National University of Singapore, AS1 #03-10, 11 Arts Link, Singapore, 117570 Ann Arbor Quality of Life Research Social Sciences, General Public Health/Gesundheitswesen Microeconomics Sociology History (General) Social Work Social Sciences (General) Social Sciences Humanities Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/43698/1/11205_2004_Article_392943.pdf 2006-09-11T13:42:24Z 2006-09-11T13:42:24Z 2002-03 Article Chan, Angelique; Ofstedal, Mary Beth; Hermalin, Albert I.; (2002). "Changes in Subjective and Objective Measures of Economic Well-Being and Their Interrelationship among the Elderly in Singapore and Taiwan." Social Indicators Research 57(3): 263-300. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/43698> 0303-8300 1573-0921 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/43698 http://dx.doi.org/10.1023/A:1014787712820 Social Indicators Research en_US 159415 bytes 3115 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Kluwer Academic Publishers; Springer Science+Business Media

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/429902021-07-29T22:58:25Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78414

A demographic decomposition of elderly living arrangements with a Mexican example Christenson, Bruce A. Hermalin, Albert I. Population Studies Center University of Michigan, 1225 South University Avenue, 48104-2590, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A. Population Studies Center University of Michigan, 1225 South University Avenue, 48104-2590, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A. Ann Arbor Social Sciences, General Philosophy of Medicine Geriatrics/Gerontology Theory of Medicine/Bioethics Aging Anthropology/Archaeometry Decomposition Demography Gender Living Arrangements Mexican Social Work Geriatrics Social Sciences Health Sciences Population trends in developing countries raise concern about support for the elderly. The proportion of elderly living with extended kin is an indicator of support. This paper considers the analytic utility of a demographic decomposition of living arrangements of elderly Mexicans into population components which include weights for age and marital composition and corresponding rates or propensities. Separate decompositions for elderly males and females demonstrate the importance of population composition to the makeup of the elderly population who are living with extended kin. The utility of the decomposition for comparative analysis is demonstrated by decomposing gender differences in living arrangements. The higher proportion of women living with extended kin is primarily the result of gender differences in age-specific marital status and only secondarily the results of actual differences in propensities toward this type of living arrangement. The utility and limitations of this analytic tool for comparative research are discussed. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/42990/1/10823_2004_Article_BF00116824.pdf 2006-09-08T20:56:49Z 2006-09-08T20:56:49Z 1991-07 Article Christenson, Bruce A.; Hermalin, Albert I.; (1991). "A demographic decomposition of elderly living arrangements with a Mexican example." Journal of Cross-Cultural Gerontology 6(3): 331-348. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/42990> 0169-3816 1573-0719 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/42990 24390588 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/BF00116824 Journal of Cross-Cultural Gerontology en_US 1096721 bytes 3115 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Kluwer Academic Publishers; Springer Science+Business Media

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/391912021-07-29T23:00:13Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_51534col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78545

Striving for unity: A conversation with Roy Rappaport Hoey, Brian A. Fricke, Thomas E. Center for the Ethnography of Everyday Life, Institute for Social Research Ann Arbor Roy Rappaport Interview Ritual Religion Ecological Anthroplogy Fieldwork Social Sciences Summary: An article produced with transcript material originating from interviews with the anthropologist Roy A. Rappoport in the two years prior to his death. n/a Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/39191/2/hoey_mdia_2006.pdf 2006-05-31T15:58:10Z 2006-05-31T15:58:10Z 2006-04 Article Michigan Discussions in Anthropology, Vol. 16 (Apr. 2006), pp. 33-65+ <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/39191> https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/39191 en_US 1338 bytes 524468 bytes text/plain application/pdf application/pdf Michigan Discussions in Anthroplogy

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/457842021-07-29T23:01:04Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_61259col_2027.42_78565

Book reviews Donnelly, John Mavrodes, George I. Williams, Robert R. Trickett, David G. Buford, Thomas O. Olafson, Frederick A. Anderson, Barbara C. Skousgaard, Stephen McCarthy, Vincent A. The University of Michigan, USA College of the Holy Cross, USA University of California, San Diego, USA The Pennsylvania State University, USA Hiram College, USA Southern Methodist University, USA Furman University, USA University of San Diego, USA Central Connecticut State University, USA Ann Arbor Philosophy of Religion Philosophy Religious Studies Philosophy Humanities Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/45784/1/11153_2004_Article_BF00140614.pdf 2006-09-11T16:27:54Z 2006-09-11T16:27:54Z 1982-12 Article Williams, Robert R.; Trickett, David G.; Buford, Thomas O.; Donnelly, John; Mavrodes, George I.; Olafson, Frederick A.; Anderson, Barbara C.; Skousgaard, Stephen; McCarthy, Vincent A.; (1982). "Book reviews." International Journal for Philosophy of Religion 13(4): 229-246. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/45784> 0020-7047 1572-8684 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/45784 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/BF00140614 International Journal for Philosophy of Religion en_US 1301292 bytes 3115 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Kluwer Academic Publishers; Martinus Nijhoff Publishers ; Springer Science+Business Media

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/783452021-07-29T23:02:02Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_49331col_2027.42_78545

The Effects of the Financial Crisis on the Well-Being of Older Americans: Evidence from the Cognitive Economics Study Shapiro, Matthew D. University of Michigan and NBER Ann Arbor WP 2010-228 Population and Demography Social Sciences This paper uses the Cognitive Economics Study (CogEcon) to assess the effect of the financial crisis on the well-being of older Americans. Financial wealth fell by about 15 percent for the median household. These financial losses were concentrated among households with high levels of wealth and high cognitive capacities, who tend to have higher exposure to the stock market. Nonetheless, households with little financial wealth suffered declines in well-being—measured by declines in consumption—as large on average as households with substantial exposure to the stock market. Tight credit market conditions and adverse labor market outcomes account for much of the effect of the financial crisis on the consumption of these low-wealth households. Social Security Administration http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/78345/1/wp228.pdf 2010-11-30T15:54:57Z 2010-11-30T15:54:57Z 2010-09 Working Paper https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/78345 en_US 140811 bytes application/pdf application/pdf Michigan Retirement Research Center, University of Michigan, P.O. Box 1248, Ann Arbor, MI 48104

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/452802021-09-28T22:06:18Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_56193col_2027.42_78545

Residential setting and parent-adolescent relationships during the college years Flanagan, Constance A. Fuligni, Andrew Schulenberg, John E. 1125 University Mall, University of Michigan-Dearborn, 48128, Dearborn, Michigan Developmental Psychology, Mason Hall, University of Michigan, 48106, Ann Arbor, Michigan Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, 48106-1248, Ann Arbor, Michigan Ann Arbor Dearborn Psychology, General Psychology Clinical Psychology Developmental Psychology Health Psychology Psychology and Law History of Psychology Social Work Social Sciences The relationship of residential setting (living with parents vs. living away from home while attending college) and gender with late adolescents' perceptions of their relationships with parents was examined. Four hundred four undergraduates students (mean age=20 years, 4 months) from two midwestern universities completed surveys. Two hundred four subjects lived with their parents and commuted to school, and 200 lived away at college. Controlling for student's age, parents' education, and financial and family considerations as factors in the choice of a college, living away was associated with greater independence, support, and mutual respect between parents and adolescents. In contrast, students who lived at home felt parents underestimated their maturity, and reported more conflict and avoidance in their relationships with parents. Regardless of residential setting, women reported more mutuality and support in their relationships with parents than men. The results suggest the importance of considering contextual issues during the transition to adulthood . Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/45280/1/10964_2005_Article_BF01536651.pdf 2006-09-11T15:52:53Z 2006-09-11T15:52:53Z 1993-04 Article Flanagan, Constance; Schulenberg, John; Fuligni, Andrew; (1993). "Residential setting and parent-adolescent relationships during the college years." Journal of Youth and Adolescence 22(2): 171-189. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/45280> 0047-2891 1573-6601 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/45280 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/BF01536651 Journal of Youth and Adolescence en_US 1022840 bytes 3115 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Kluwer Academic Publishers-Plenum Publishers; Plenum Publishing Corporation ; Springer Science+Business Media

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/655682021-07-29T23:03:39Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78415col_2027.42_78545

An Extended General Location Model for Causal Inferences from Data Subject to Noncompliance and Missing Values Peng, Yahong Little, Roderick J. A. Raghunathan, Trivellore E. Biostatistics Department, SPH, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, USA Merck Research Laboratories, West Point, Pennsylvania USA Causal Inference EM Algorithm General Location Model Missing Data Noncompliance Mathematics Science Noncompliance is a common problem in experiments involving randomized assignment of treatments, and standard analyses based on intention-to-treat or treatment received have limitations. An attractive alternative is to estimate the Complier-Average Causal Effect (CACE), which is the average treatment effect for the subpopulation of subjects who would comply under either treatment ( Angrist, Imbens, and Rubin, 1996 , Journal of American Statistical Association 91, 444–472). We propose an extended general location model to estimate the CACE from data with noncompliance and missing data in the outcome and in baseline covariates. Models for both continuous and categorical outcomes and ignorable and latent ignorable ( Frangakis and Rubin, 1999 , Biometrika 86, 365–379) missing-data mechanisms are developed. Inferences for the models are based on the EM algorithm and Bayesian MCMC methods. We present results from simulations that investigate sensitivity to model assumptions and the influence of missing-data mechanism. We also apply the method to the data from a job search intervention for unemployed workers. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/65568/1/j.0006-341X.2004.00208.x.pdf 2010-04-01T15:06:13Z 2010-04-01T15:06:13Z 2004-09 Article Peng, Yahong; Little, Roderick J. A.; Raghunathan, Trivellore E. (2004). "An Extended General Location Model for Causal Inferences from Data Subject to Noncompliance and Missing Values." Biometrics 60(3): 598-607. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/65568> 0006-341X 1541-0420 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/65568 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/sites/entrez?cmd=retrieve&db=pubmed&list_uids=15339281&dopt=citation 15339281 10.1111/j.0006-341X.2004.00208.x Biometrics Angrist, J. D., Imbens, G. W., and Rubin, D. B. ( 1996 ). Identification of causal effects using instrumental variables. Journal of American Statistical Association 91, 444 – 472. Baker, S. G. ( 1998 ). Analysis of survival data from a randomized trial with all-or-none compliance: Estimating the cost-effectiveness of a cancer screening program. Journal of the American Statistical Association 93, 929 – 934. Barnard, J., Frangakis, C. E., Hill, J., and Rubin, D. B. ( 2002 ). School choices in NY city: Bayesian analysis of an imperfect randomized experiment (with discussion). In Case Studies in Bayesian Statistics, Volume 5, R. Kass, B. Carlin, A. Carriquiry, A. Gelman, I. Verdinelli, and M. West ( eds ), 33 – 97. New York : Springer-Verlag. Bloom, H. S. ( 1984 ). Accounting for no-shows in experimental evaluation designs. Evaluation Review 8, 225 – 246. Dempster, A., Laird, N., and Rubin, D. B. ( 1977 ). Maximum likelihood estimation from incomplete data using the EM algorithm. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series B 39, 1 – 38. Frangakis, C. E. and Rubin, D. B. ( 1999 ). Addressing complications of intent-to-treat analysis in the combined presence of all-or-none treatment-noncompliance and subsequent missing outcomes. Biometrika 86, 365 – 379. Frangakis, C. E. and Rubin, D. B. ( 2002 ). Principle stratification in causal inference. Biometrics 58, 21 – 29. Frangakis, C. E., Rubin, D. B., and Zhou, X. H. ( 2002 ). Clustered encouragement designs with individual noncompliance: Bayesian inference with randomization, and application to advance directive forms (with discussion and rejoinder). Biostatistics 3, 147 – 177. Gelman, A. and Rubin, D. B. ( 1992 ). Inference from iterative simulation using multiple sequences (with discussion). Statistical Science 7, 457 – 472. Goetghebeur, E. and Shapiro, S. ( 1996 ). Non-compliance, ethical imperative or mission impossible. Statistics in Medicine 15, 2813 – 2826. Heckman, J. and Hotz, V. J. ( 1989 ). Choosing among alternative non-experimental method for estimating the impact of social programs: The case of manpower training. Journal of American Statistical Association 84, 862 – 881. Imbens, G. W. and Rubin, D. B. ( 1996 ). Bayesian inference for causal effects in randomized experiments with noncompliance. The Annals of Statistics 25, 305 – 327. Imbens, G. W. and Rubin, D. B. ( 1997 ). Estimating outcome distributions for compliers in instrumental variables models. Review of Economic Studies 64, 555 – 574. Little, R. J. A. and Rubin, D. B. ( 2002 ). Statistical Analysis with Missing Data, 2nd edition. New York : Wiley. Little, R. J. A. and Yau, L. H. Y. ( 1998 ). Statistical techniques for analyzing data from prevention trials: Treatment of no-shows using Rubin's causal model. Psychological Methods 3, 147 – 159. Mark, S. D. and Robins, J. M. ( 1993 ). Estimating the causal effect of smoking cessation in the presence of confounding factors using a rank preserving structural failure time model. Statistics in Medicine 12, 1605 – 1628. Olkin, I. and Tate, R. F. ( 1961 ). Multivariate correlation models with mixed discrete and continuous variables. Annals of Mathematical Statistics 32, 448 – 465. Peng, Y. ( 2001 ). Causal inference for data with non-compliance and missing values. Ph.D. Thesis, University of Michigan. Robins, J. M. ( 1998 ). Correction for non-compliance in equivalence trials. Statistics in Medicine 17, 269 – 302. Robins, J. M. and Tsiatis, A. A. ( 1991 ). Correcting for non-compliance in randomized trials using rank preserving structural failure time models. Communications in Statistics 20, 2609 – 2631. Robins, J. M., Rotnitsky, A., and Zhao, L. P. ( 1994 ). Estimation of regression coefficients when some regressors are not always observed. Journal of the American Statistical Association 89, 846 – 866. Rubin, D. R. ( 1976 ). Inference and missing data. Biometrika 63, 581 – 592. Sommer, A. and Zeger, S. L. ( 1991 ). On estimating efficacy from clinical trials. Statistics in Medicine 10, 45 – 52. Vinokur, A. D., Price, R. H., and Schul, Y. ( 1995 ). Impact of the JOBS intervention on unemployed workers varying in risk for depression. American Journal of Community Psychology 23, 39 – 74. Yau, L. and Little, R. J. A. ( 2001 ). Inference for the complier-average causal effect from longitudinal data subject to noncompliance and missing data, with application to a job training assessment for the unemployed. Journal of the American Statistical Association 96, 1232 – 1244. Zeger, S. L. and Liang, K.-Y. ( 2001 ). Comment on “Compliance as an explanatory variable in clinical trials,” by B. Efron and D. Feldman. Journal of the American Statistical Association 86, 18 – 19. The International Biometric Society, 2004 IndexNoFollow 191165 bytes 3110 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Blackwell Publishing

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/455912021-10-05T21:58:23Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_55486

Gender differences in social support among older adults Keith, Verna Krause, Neal M. Health Gerontology Program, School of Public Health, the University of Michigan, 1420 Washington Heights, 48109-2029, Ann Arbor, Michigan Health Gerontology Program, School of Public Health, the University of Michigan, 1420 Washington Heights, 48109-2029, Ann Arbor, Michigan Ann Arbor Psychology Anthropology/Archaeometry Developmental Psychology Interdisciplinary Studies Sociology Social Psychology Women's and Gender Studies Social Sciences Humanities The purpose of this study was to determine whether exposure to life stress can help explain gender differences in the use of social support. Findings from a longitudinal study suggest that as the number of stressful life events increase, elderly men and women are equally likely to become more involved in their social network, while gender differences emerge only in response to chronic financial strain. Further analysis indicates that elderly women are more likely than elderly men to report that the support they received increased their feelings of personal control. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/45591/1/11199_2004_Article_BF00289174.pdf 2006-09-11T16:14:26Z 2006-09-11T16:14:26Z 1989-11 Article Krause, Neal; Keith, Verna; (1989). "Gender differences in social support among older adults." Sex Roles 21 (9-10): 609-628. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/45591> 0360-0025 1573-2762 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/45591 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/BF00289174 Sex Roles en_US 1195552 bytes 3115 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Kluwer Academic Publishers-Plenum Publishers; Plenum Publishing Corporation ; Springer Science+Business Media

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/435102021-07-29T23:26:38Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_35325col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_117532col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78545

Environmentalism and Contraceptive Use: How people in less developed settings approach environmental issues Ghimire, Dirgha J. Mohai, Paul University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, USA, ; Population Studies Center, Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, 426 Thompson Street, P.O. Box 1248, Ann Arbor, MI, 48106-1248, USA, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, USA, Ann Arbor Environmental Behavior Environmental Perceptions Environmental Concern Contraceptive Use Rural Agricultural Societies Nepal Ecology and Evolutionary Biology Population and Demography Social Sciences Science The rise in environmental concerns around the globe has prompted increasing research on the links between such concerns and behavior. However, most studies have focused on pro-environmental behaviors in affluent western societies, such as willingness to pay for environmental protection, pro-environmental political actions, and consumption patterns. Using multiple data sets from the Chitwan Valley Family Study in Nepal, this paper examines the impact of environmental perceptions on contraceptive use in a rural agricultural setting. The results of our analyses show that perceptions about certain aspects of the environment are related to individuals' subsequent use of contraceptives. Specifically, those individuals who think that their environment—agricultural productivity—has deteriorated are more likely to use contraceptives than those who think that their environment has improved or has remained about the same. This study thus provides a first step in our understanding of the relationships between environmental perceptions and fertility behavior in a less developed setting. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/43510/1/11111_2005_Article_12.pdf 2006-09-08T21:31:10Z 2006-09-08T21:31:10Z 2005-09 Article Ghimire, Dirgha J.; Mohai, Paul; (2005). "Environmentalism and Contraceptive Use: How people in less developed settings approach environmental issues." Population and Environment 27(1): 29-61. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/43510> 0199-0039 1573-7810 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/43510 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s11111-005-0012-z Population and Environment en_US 342494 bytes 3115 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Kluwer Academic Publishers; Springer Science+Business Media, Inc.

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/668632021-07-29T23:28:56Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_117532col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78414

Urban and Rural Marriage Patterns in Imperial Germany Knodel, John Maynes, Mary Population Studies Center, University of Michigan Department of History, University of Michigan History (General) Social Work Humanities Social Sciences Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/66863/2/10.1177_036319907600100201.pdf 2010-04-13T18:55:13Z 2010-04-13T18:55:13Z 1976 Article Knodel, John; Maynes, Mary (1976). "Urban and Rural Marriage Patterns in Imperial Germany." Journal of Family History 1(2): 129-161. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/66863> 0363-1990 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/66863 10.1177/036319907600100201 Journal of Family History Agarwala, S.N. 1962 Age at Marriage in India. Allahabad : Kitab Mahal. Bleicher, H. 1893 Beiträge zur Statistik der Stadt Frankfurt-am-Main. Vol. I and II. Frankfurt. Brückner, N. 1890 "Die Entwicklung der Grossfädtischen Bevölkerung im Gebiete des Deutschen Reichs." Allgemeines Statistisches Archiv I:135-184 and 615-672. Dixon, Ruth 1971 "Explaining Cross-Cultural Variations in Age at Marriage and Proportions Never Marrying." Population Studies 25:215-233. Eversley, D.E.C. 1965 "Population, Economy and Society." In D. V. Glass and D. E. C. Eversley, eds., Population in History. London: Arnold. Gaskin, Katharine 1975 "An Analysis of Age at First Marriage in Europe Before 1850." Unpublished MS. Habakkuk, H.J. 1965 "The Economic History of Modern Britain." In D. V. Glass and D. E. C. Eversley, eds., Population in History. London: Arnold. Haines, Michael 1975 Fertility and Occupation: Coal Mining in the Nineteenth and Early Twentieth Centuries in Europe and America. Western Societies Program Occasional Paper No. 3, Cornell University. Hajnal, John 1953 "Age at Marriage and Proportions Marrying." Population Studies 7:111-136. 1965 "European Marriage Patterns in Perspective." In D. V. Glass and D. E. C. Eversley, eds., Population in History. London: Arnold. Knodel, John 1974 The Decline in Fertility in Germany, 1871-1937. Princeton : Princeton University Press. Kollmann, P. 1890 "Die Soziale Zusammensetzung der Bevölkerung im Deutschen Reich." Allgemeines Statistisches Archiv 1:540-614. Köllmann, Wolfgang 1974 Bevölkerung in der Industriellen Revolution. Göttingen. Kuczynski, R. 1897 Der Zug Nach der Stadt. Stuttgart : J. G. Cotta'sche Buchhand. Livi Bacci, Massimo 1976 Personal communication. Nie, H., et. al. 1975 SPSS: Statistical Package for the Social Sciences. New York: Mc Graw-Hill. Oldenburg Statistical Bureau 1874 Statistischen Nachrichten über das Grossherzogthum Oldenburg. Heft 14. Oldenburg. Petersen, W. 1960 "The Demographic Transition in the Netherlands." American Sociological Review 25:334-347. Prinzing, Friedrich 1903 "Heiratshaufigkeit und Heiratsalter nach Stand und Beruf." Zeitschrift fur Sozialwissenshaft 6:546-559. Sklar, June L. 1974 "The Role of Marriage Behaviour in the Demographic Transition: The Case of Eastern Europe Around 1900." Population Studies 28:231-247. Tilly, Louise, Joan Scott, and Miriam Cohen 1976 "Women's Work and European Fertility Patterns." Journal of Interdisciplinary History 3:447-476. Van de Walle, Etienne 1968 "Marriage and Marital Fertility." Daedalus 97:486-501. Von Fircks, A. 1889 "Die Berufs-und Erwerbsthatigkeit der Eheschliessenden Personen in Ihrem Einflusse auf deren Verheirathbarkeit...." Zeitschrift des Königlich Preussischen Statistischen Bureaus 29:165-203. Wappäus, J.E. 1961 Allgemeine Bevölkerungsstatistik. Leipzig : J. C. Hinrichs. Weber, Adna 1899 The Growth of Cities in the Nineteenth Century. New York: Macmillan Company. Wirminghaus, A. 1895 "Stadt und Land unter dem Einfluss der Binnenwanderung." Jahrbuch fur Nationalökonomie und Statistik 44:1-34, 161-182. Wrigley, E.A. 1961 Industrial Growth and Population Change. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 3108 bytes 2592822 bytes text/plain application/pdf application/pdf Sage Publications

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/681342021-09-30T21:35:39Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_51549col_2027.42_78565

Changing Values in Japan and the West Inglehart, Ronald F. University of Michigan Political Science Social Sciences Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/68134/2/10.1177_0010414082014004002.pdf 2010-04-13T20:08:56Z 2010-04-13T20:08:56Z 1982 Article INGLEHART, RONALD (1982). "Changing Values in Japan and the West." Comparative Political Studies 4(14): 445-479. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/68134> 0010-4140 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/68134 10.1177/0010414082014004002 ALMOND, G. and J. S. COLEMAN [eds.] (1960) The Politics of the Developing Areas. Princeton: Princeton Univ. Press. BAKER, K. L., R. DALTON and K. HILDEBRANDT (1981) Germany Transformed. Cambridge, MA: Harvard Univ. Press. BARNES, S., M. KAASEet al. (1979) Political Action. Beverly Hills: Sage. BEARDSLEY, R. K. et al. (1959) Village Japan. Chicago: Univ. of Chicago Press. DALTON, R. J. (forthcoming) “The persistence of political values throughout the life cycle,” in H. Klingemann and M. Kaase (eds.) Contributions to Political Psychology. Weinheim: Beltz Verlag. DALTON, R. J. (1977) “Was there a revolution? A note on generational versus life-cycle explanations of value differences.”Comparative Pol. Studies9 (January): 459-475. FLANAGAN, S. C. (1980) “Value cleavages, economic cleavages and the Japanese voter.”Amer. J. of Pol. Sci.24, 2: 178-206. FLANAGAN, S. C. (1979) “Value change and partisan change in Japan: the silent revolution revisited.”Comparative Politics11: 253-278. GLENN, N. D. (1976) “Cohort analysis' futile quest: statistical attempts to separate age, period and cohort effects.”Amer. Soc. Rev.41: 900-904. GREIFFENHAGEN, S. and M. GREIFFENHAGEN (1979) Ein Schwieriges Vaterland. Munich: Liszt. GREVEN, M. (1979) “Parteiensystem, Wertwandel und neue MarginalitÄt,” in J. Matthes (ed.) Sozialer Wandel in Westeuropa. Frankfurt: Campus Verlag. HAYASHI, C. (1974) “Time, age and ways of thinking—from the Kokuminsei Surveys.”J. of Asian and African Studies X, 1-2: 75-85. HERZ, T. (1979) “Der Wandel von Wertvorstellungen in westlichen Industriegesellschaften.”KÖlner Zeitschrift fÜr Soziologie und Socialpsychologie 2. HILDEBRANDT, K. and R. DALTON (1977) “Die neue Politik: Politischer Wandel oder SchÖnwetter Politik?”`Politische Vierteljahresschrift18: 230-256. IKE, N. (1973) “Economic growth and intergenerational change in Japan.”Amer. Pol. Sci. Rev.67: 1194-1203. INGLEHART, R. (forthcoming) “Post-materialism in an environment of insecurity.”Amer. Pol. Sci. Rev.75, 4 (December). INGLEHART, R. (1980) “Zuzammenhang zwischen SozioÖkonomischen Bedingungen und individuellen WertprioritÄten.”KÖlner Zeitschrift fÜr Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie32, 1 (March). INGLEHART, R. (1977) The Silent Revolution: Changing Values and Political Styles among Western Publics. Princeton, NJ: Princeton Univ. Press. INGLEHART, R. (1976) “Changing values and attitudes toward military service among the American public,” in N. Goldman and D. R. Segal (eds.) The Social Psychology of Military Service. Beverly Hills: Sage. INGLEHART, R. (1971) “The silent revolution in Europe: intergenerational change in post-industrial societies.”Amer. Pol. Sci. Rev.65: 991-1017. INGLEHART, R. (1970) “The new Europeans: inward or outward looking?”Int. Organization24, 1 (Winter): 129-139. KAASE, M. and H. D. KLINGEMANN (1979) “Sozialstruktur, Wertorientierung und Parteiensysteme,” in J. Matthes (ed.) Sozialer Wandel in Westeuropa. Frankfurt: Campus Verlag. KMIECIAK, P. (1976) Wertstrukturen und Wertwandel in der Bundesrepublik Deutchland. Gottingen: Schwartz. KNOKE, D. and M. HOUT (1976) “Reply to Glenn.”Amer. Soc. Rev.41: 906-908. MARSH, A. (1977) Protest and Political Consciousness. Beverly Hills: Sage. MARSH, A. (1975) “The silent revolution, value priorities and the quality of life in Britain.”Amer. Pol. Sci. Rev.69: 21-30. MARUYAMA, M. (1965) “Patterns of individuation and the case of Japan: a conceptual scheme,” in M. B. Jansen (ed.) Changing Japanese Attitudes Toward Modernization. Princeton, NJ: Princeton Univ. Press. MASLOW, A. K. (1954) Motivation and Personality. New York: Harper & Row. MILKIS, S. and T. BALDINO (1978) “The future of the silent revolution: a reexamination of intergenerational change in Western Europe.” Presented at the annual meeting of the Midwest Political Science Association, Chicago. MIYAKE, I. (1978) “Yakusha Atogaki,” pp. 391-399 in R. Inglehart, Shizukanaru Kakumei. Tokyo: Toyo Keizai Shinposha. NAKANE, C. (1973) Japanese Society. New York: Penguin Books. Research Committee on the Study of the Japanese National Character (1979) A Study of the Japanese National Character: The Sixth National Survey. Tokyo: Tokei-Suri Kenkyuzo. Rokeach, M. (1974) “Change and stability in American value systems, 1968-1971.”Public Opinion Q.38, 2 (Summer): 222-238. Rokeach, M. (1973) The Nature of Human Values. New York: Macmillan. Rokeach, M. (1968) Beliefs, Attitudes and Values. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. SMITH, T. W. (1980). “America's most important problem: a trend analysis, 1946-1976.”Public Opinion Q.44, 1: 164-180. TAYLOR, C. L. (1977) Are Political Values Really Changing?Washington, DC: American Political Science Association. WATANUKI, J. (1977) Politics in Postwar Japanese Society. Tokyo: Univ. of Tokyo Press. WEBER, M. (1925) Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft. (second ed.) Tubingen: Mohr. YANKELOVICH, D. (1981) New Rules. New York: Random House. 3108 bytes 3188468 bytes text/plain application/pdf application/pdf SAGE PUBLICATIONS

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/435192021-07-29T23:29:43Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78414col_2027.42_78545

Book reviews Land, Kenneth C. Thornton, Arland Ford, Thomas R. University of Michigan, USA Duke University, USA University of Kentucky, USA Ann Arbor Economic Policy Geography Demography Population Economics Public Health Health Sciences Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/43519/1/11113_2005_Article_BF01074391.pdf 2006-09-08T21:31:44Z 2006-09-08T21:31:44Z 1993-10 Article Land, Kenneth C.; Thornton, Arland; Ford, Thomas R.; (1993). "Book reviews." Population Research and Policy Review 12(3): 315-320. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/43519> 1573-7829 0167-5923 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/43519 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/BF01074391 Population Research and Policy Review en_US 455764 bytes 3115 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Kluwer Academic Publishers; Springer Science+Business Media

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/350102021-07-29T23:32:53Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_56193col_2027.42_78545

Decomposition can harm the accuracy of behavioural frequency reports Belli, Robert F. Schwarz, Norbert Singer, Eleanor Talarico, Jennifer University of Michigan, USA ; Survey Research Center, Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI 48106-1248, USA. University of Michigan, USA University of Michigan, USA University of Michigan, USA Psychology Psychology Social Sciences In survey research, the use of decomposition can lead to pronounced reporting errors as seen by overreporting and overall reporting error. A total of 87 subjects answered either decomposed or undecomposed questions concerning telephone calls made by them while at work. The questionnaire conditions varied the length of the reference period (1 week or 6 months), and the type of call (local or long-distance). Decomposition conditions introduced either spatial or temporal cues. In all comparisons, decomposed questions increased overreporting bias relative to undecomposed questions. In addition, undecomposed questions with a 1-week reference period led to increased overreporting bias in comparison to undecomposed/6-month questions. Results are consistent with a category split estimation model in which smaller categories are predicted to lead to overreporting, and larger categories to underreporting. Decomposition is not recommended for gaining retrospective reports of non-distinctive, frequent events. Copyright © 2000 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/35010/1/646_ftp.pdf 2006-04-19T14:04:10Z 2006-04-19T14:04:10Z 2000-07 Article Belli, Robert F.; Schwarz, Norbert; Singer, Eleanor; Talarico, Jennifer (2000)."Decomposition can harm the accuracy of behavioural frequency reports." Applied Cognitive Psychology 14(4): 295-308. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/35010> 0888-4080 1099-0720 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/35010 http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/1099-0720(200007/08)14:4<295::AID-ACP646>3.0.CO;2-1 Applied Cognitive Psychology en_US IndexNoFollow 129423 bytes 3118 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/264542021-07-29T23:34:42Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_117532col_2027.42_78565

From sneezes to adieux: Stages of health for American men and women Verbrugge, Lois M. Institute of Gerontology, 300 North Ingalls, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI 48109, USA Public Health Sociology Anthropology and Archaeology Health Sciences Social Sciences This article traces health from daily symptoms to death for American (U.S.) men and women in three age groups 17-44, 45-64, 65+. How do leading problems change as our perspective shifts from daily symptoms to annual incidence and prevalence rates of diseases and injuries; then to problems that induce long term limitations; to conditions brought to physicians for care; to diagnoses for hospital stays; and finally to causes of death? We study the top 15 conditions in each of these stages of health. Young adults are bothered most by acute and chronic respiratory diseases, but deaths among them are due to diseases and violent injuries that seldom figure in daily life. Fatal chronic diseases become more prevalent in middle ages and spur professional care, but they rarely cause daily symptoms. For older people, life threatening chronic conditions stretch through all stages of health. Arthritis also becomes a dominant facet of symptoms, social limitations and ambulatory care. Men's and women's leading daily symptoms are very similar; so are their leading acute and chronic conditions, limiting conditions, diagnoses for health care and causes of death. What distinguishes the sexes is the rates, not the ranks, of health problems they suffer. We elaborate the iceberg of morbidity metaphor, as a device to highlight stage, age and sex differences in health. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/26454/1/0000542.pdf 2006-04-07T19:41:13Z 2006-04-07T19:41:13Z 1986 Article Verbrugge, Lois M. (1986)."From sneezes to adieux: Stages of health for American men and women." Social Science &amp; Medicine 22(11): 1195-1212. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/26454> http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/B6VBF-466KKSG-CK/2/cfdc9516739c8370c89383013e32c47d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/sites/entrez?cmd=retrieve&db=pubmed&list_uids=3749951&dopt=citation https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/26454 3749951 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0277-9536(86)90187-5 Social Science &amp; Medicine en_US IndexNoFollow 2182349 bytes 3118 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Elsevier

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/455032021-07-29T23:36:40Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_56193col_2027.42_78545

Mediators and Moderators of Parental Involvement on Substance Use: A National Study of Adolescents Pilgrim, Colleen C. Schulenberg, John E. O’malley, Patrick M. Bachman, Jerald G. Johnston, Lloyd D. Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S., ; Survey Research Center, Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, 48106-1248, U.S. Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S., Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S., Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S., Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S., Ann Arbor Ethnicity Substance Use Adolescents Parental Involvement Public Health Health Sciences Current social developmental theories of drug use often incorporate mediation processes, but it is generally unknown whether these mediation processes generalize across ethnicity and gender. In the present study, we developed a mediation model of substance use based on current theory and research and then tested the extent to which the model was moderated by gender and ethnicity (African American, European American, and Hispanic American), separately for 8th and 10th graders. The respondents were adolescents from the 1994, 1995, and 1996 cohorts of the Monitoring the Future (MTF) project, which conducts yearly in-school surveys with nationally representative samples. Multi-group, structural equation modeling (SEM) results indicated much similarity across gender and ethnicity for school success and time spent with friends as partial mediators of risk taking and parental involvement on drug use (controlling for parental education). However, there were some differences in the magnitude of indirect effects of parental involvement and risk taking on substance use for 8th-grade African American girls. Discussion focuses on the potential success of prevention efforts across different ethnicities and gender that target parent–child relationship improvement and risk taking, and considers possible culture- and gender-specific issues. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/45503/1/11121_2005_Article_19.pdf 2006-09-11T16:08:16Z 2006-09-11T16:08:16Z 2006-03 Article Pilgrim, Colleen C.; Schulenberg, John E.; O’Malley, Patrick M.; Bachman, Jerald G.; Johnston, Lloyd D.; (2006). "Mediators and Moderators of Parental Involvement on Substance Use: A National Study of Adolescents." Prevention Science 7(1): 75-89. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/45503> 1389-4986 1573-6695 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/45503 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/sites/entrez?cmd=retrieve&db=pubmed&list_uids=16572302&dopt=citation 16572302 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s11121-005-0019-9 Prevention Science en_US 2286842 bytes 3115 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Kluwer Academic Publishers-Plenum Publishers; Society for Prevention Research ; Springer Science+Business Media

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/554502021-09-30T21:35:30Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_49331col_2027.42_78545

Enhancing the Quality of Data on the Measurement of Income and Wealth Juster, Thomas F. Cao, Honggao Couper, Mick Hill, Daniel H. Hurd, Michael D. Lupton, Joseph P. Perry, Michael Smith, James P. MRRC Wells Fargo RAND Federal Reserve Ann Arbor Population and Demography Social Sciences Over the last decade or so, a substantial effort has gone into the design of a series of methodological investigations aimed at enhancing the quality of survey data on income and wealth. These investigations have largely been conducted at the Survey Research Center at the University of Michigan, and have mainly involved two longitudinal surveys: the Health and Retirement Study (HRS), with a first wave beginning in 1992 and continued thereafter every other year through 2004; and the Assets and Health Dynamics Among the Oldest Old (AHEAD) Study, begun in 1993 and continued in 1995 and 1998, then in every other year through 2006 This paper provides an overview of the main studies and summarizes what has been learned so far. The studies include; a paper by Juster and Smith (Improving the Quality of Economic Data: Lessons from the HRS and AHEAD, JASA, 1997); a paper by Juster, Cao, Perry and Couper (The Effect of Unfolding Brackets on the Quality of Wealth Data in HRS, MRRC Working Paper, WP 2006-113, January 2006); a paper by Hurd, Juster and Smith (Enhancing the Quality of Data on Income: Recent Innovations from the HRS, Journal of Human Resources, Summer 2003); a paper by Juster, Lupton and Cao (Ensuring Time-Series Consistency in Estimates of Income and Wealth, MRRC Working Paper, WP 2002-030, July 2002); a paper by Cao and Juster (Correcting Second-Home Equity in HRS/AHEAD: MRRC Working Paper WP 2004-081, June 2004); and a paper by Rohwedder, Haider and Hurd (RAND Working Paper, 2004). Social Security Administration http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/55450/1/wp151.pdf 2007-08-13T20:21:08Z 2007-08-13T20:21:08Z 2007-06 Working Paper https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/55450 en_US WP 2007-151 416242 bytes application/pdf application/pdf Michigan Retirement Research Center, University of Michigan, P.O. Box 1248, Ann Arbor, MI 48104

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/574292021-10-11T21:41:58Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_60161col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_49331col_2027.42_78545

Managing the Risk of Life Delavande, Adeline Willis, Robert J. RAND Ann Arbor 2007-167 UM07-04 Population and Demography Social Sciences This study analyzes the role of individual’s and spouse’s survival expectations and knowledge about Social Security rules on the expected Social Security claiming age, taking into account the various incentives single and married individuals face. There is substantial heterogeneity in the level of knowledge about SS rules according to demographic characteristics. We find that single men and women who expect to be longlived plan on delaying Social Security claiming. When we allow for differential effects of survival on knowledge about Social Security rules, subjective survivals matter only for single women who are knowledgeable. For single men, knowledge is not so important in their decisions. The claiming decision of married individuals is more complicated, because they are entitled to spouse’s and survivor’s benefits. Consistent with the incentives provided by Social Security rules, we find that married men base their expected claiming age on their spouse’s survival expectations but not on their own survival. For married women, both own and spouse’s subjective survivals positively influence the timing of claiming. Knowledge about Social Security rules affects the expected claiming age of both married men and women. Social Security Administration https://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/57429/4/wp167.pdf 2007-12-10T15:29:43Z 2007-12-10T15:29:43Z 2007-10 Working Paper UM07-04 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/57429 en_US 2007-167 197195 bytes application/pdf application/pdf Michigan Retirement Research Center, University of Michigan, P.O. Box 1248, Ann Arbor, MI 48104

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/318412021-07-30T00:42:22Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_117532col_2027.42_78565

The disablement process Verbrugge, Lois M. Jette, Alan M. Institute of Gerontology, 300 North Ingalls, The University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI 48109-2007, U.S.A. New England Research Institute, 9 Galen Street, Watertown, MA 02172, U.S.A. Public Health Sociology Anthropology and Archaeology Health Sciences Social Sciences Building on prior conceptual schemes, this article presents a sociomedical model of disability, called The Disablement Process, that is especially useful for epidemiological and clinical research. The Disablement Process: (1) describes how chronic and acute conditions affect functioning in specific body systems, generic physical and mental actions, and activities of daily life, and (2) describes the personal and environmental factors that speed or slow disablement, namely, risk factors, interventions, and exacerbators. A main pathway that links Pathology, Impairments, Functional Limitations, and Disability is explicated. Disability is defined as difficulty doing activities in any domain of life (from hygiene to hobbies, errands to sleep) due to a health or physical problem. Feedback effects are included in the model to cover dysfunction spirals (pernicious loops of dysfunction) and secondary conditions (new pathology launched by a given disablement process). We distinguish intrinsic disability (without personal or equipment assistance) and actual disability (with such assistance), noting the scientific and political importance of measuring both. Disability is not a personal characteristic, but is instead a gap between personal capability and environmental demand. Survey researchers and clinicans tend to focus on personal capability, overlooking the efforts people commonly make to reduce demand by activity accommodations, environmental modifications, psychological coping, and external supports. We compare the disablement experiences of people who acquire chronic conditions early in life (lifelong disability) and those who acquire them in mid or late life (late-life disability). The Disablement Process can help inform research (the epidemiology of disability) and public health (prevention of disability) activities. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/31841/1/0000788.pdf 2006-04-10T18:24:15Z 2006-04-10T18:24:15Z 1994-01 Article Verbrugge, Lois M., Jette, Alan M. (1994/01)."The disablement process." Social Science &amp; Medicine 38(1): 1-14. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/31841> http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/B6VBF-4695811-7W/2/bf6a9b4822d0b60d8ced3b66811cbbca http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/sites/entrez?cmd=retrieve&db=pubmed&list_uids=8146699&dopt=citation https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/31841 8146699 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0277-9536(94)90294-1 Social Science &amp; Medicine en_US IndexNoFollow 1533512 bytes 3118 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Elsevier

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/454822021-07-30T00:43:26Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_58597col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_51549col_2027.42_78565

Party identification and party closeness in comparative perspective Inglehart, Ronald F. Jennings, M. Kent Barnes, Samuel H. Farah, Barbara 4010 Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, 48106, Ann Arbor, MI 4010 Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, 48106, Ann Arbor, MI 4010 Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, 48106, Ann Arbor, MI The New York Times, USA Ann Arbor Social Sciences, General Political Science Sociology Political Psychology Political Science Social Sciences The present analysis uses data from 1974 and 1981 U. S. cross sections, which incorporate a panel, to compare the standard NES measure of party identification (ID) with a measure of partisanship derived from a party closeness question widely employed in cross-national research. Important features of the two scales are examined by transforming the closeness measure into a scale of very close, fairly close, not very close, and no preference corresponding to the seven-point ID scale. The scales are highly correlated and are similar in their reliability. More than 75% of the “independents” in the ID scale choose a party in the closeness version, and over half of these select the “fairly close” category. Respondents do not volunteer that they are independents when that alternative is not stated in the question. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/45482/1/11109_2004_Article_BF00990552.pdf 2006-09-11T16:06:44Z 2006-09-11T16:06:44Z 1988-09 Article Barnes, Samuel H.; Jennings, M. Kent; Inglehart, Ronald; Farah, Barbara; (1988). "Party identification and party closeness in comparative perspective." Political Behavior 10(3): 215-231. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/45482> 0190-9320 1573-6687 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/45482 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/BF00990552 Political Behavior en_US 1187299 bytes 3115 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Kluwer Academic Publishers; Agathon Press, Inc. ; Springer Science+Business Media

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/783392021-07-30T00:44:11Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_49331col_2027.42_78545

Mortgage Contract Decisions and Mortgage Distress: Family and Financial Life-Cycle Factors Stafford, Frank P. Gouskova, Elena University of Michigan Ann Arbor WP 2010-225 Population and Demography Social Sciences The U.S. economy experienced a dramatic rise in the price of owner occupied housing during 1999-2007, and then a precipitous decline from 2007 through 2009. In this paper we utilize data from the Panel Study of Income Dynamics (PSID) during 1999–2009 to study first the factors and borrowing decisions which were related to the run-up and then to see how these diverse positions in owner-occupied housing related to the subsequent difficulties and mortgage distress as of 2009. Our research shows that much of the rise and subsequent difficulties were concentrated among younger and less educated homeowners, and that the difficulties were also concentrated in selected real estate markets where home owners were allocating a substantial share of their income to debt service and other home related outlays such as taxes, utilities, and insurance. This pattern of high costs to support a housing position is interpreted as the result of a speculative price run-up supported by the joint decisions of the homeowners and their lenders. In this process the older population took on more mortgage debt than in prior years and may now have less capacity to support help to other adult family members living outside the home. Social Security Administration http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/78339/1/wp225.pdf 2010-11-29T18:40:45Z 2010-11-29T18:40:45Z 2010-09 Working Paper https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/78339 en_US WP 2010-225 370929 bytes application/octet-stream application/pdf Michigan Retirement Research Center, University of Michigan, P.O. Box 1248, Ann Arbor, MI 48104

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/618242021-10-08T22:22:47Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_49331

How Do Lower-Income Families Think about Retirement? Levy, Helen Seefeldt, Kristin S. University of Michigan Ann Arbor WP2008-195 UM08-15 Population and Demography Social Sciences How do low-income households think about retirement? Do they think about retirement? If so, when do they think they will retire, and what is it they plan to live on? In this paper, we present evidence on these questions based on 51 qualitative interviews with low-income families in the Detroit area. We find that the great majority of low-income households think about retirement, although this does not necessarily mean they are able to plan and/or save actively for retirement. Most respondents plan to retire as soon as they become eligible for Social Security or, in a few cases, private pensions. Social Security Administration http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/61824/1/wp195.pdf 2009-02-12T16:03:22Z 2009-02-12T16:03:22Z 2008-09 Working Paper https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/61824 en_US WP2008-195 99154 bytes application/pdf application/pdf Michigan Retirement Research Center, University of Michigan, P.O. Box 1248, Ann Arbor, MI 48104

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/505732021-07-30T00:45:08Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_60161col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78367col_2027.42_49331col_2027.42_78545

The Economic Status of Elderly Divorced Women. Haider, Michael Jacknowitz, Alison Schoeni, Robert F. MRRC RAND Michigan State University Ann Arbor Population and Demography Social Sciences Social Security Administration http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/50573/1/wp046.pdf 2007-04-25T19:14:30Z 2007-04-25T19:14:30Z 2003-05 Working Paper https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/50573 en_US WP 2003-046 343420 bytes application/pdf application/pdf Michigan Retirement Research Center, University of Michigan, P.O. Box 1248, Ann Arbor, MI 48104

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/336652021-07-30T00:46:10Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78367col_2027.42_78414col_2027.42_78545

Job dissatisfaction as a possible risk factor in coronary heart disease Sales, Stephen M. House, James S. University of Michigan, Michigan, U.S.A. Carnegie-Mellon University, Michigan, U.S.A. Public Health Biological Chemistry Science Health Sciences Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/33665/1/0000175.pdf 2006-04-17T16:27:26Z 2006-04-17T16:27:26Z 1971-05 Article Sales, Stephen M., House, James (1971/05)."Job dissatisfaction as a possible risk factor in coronary heart disease." Journal of Chronic Diseases 23(12): 861-873. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/33665> http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/B7GH4-4C11GSN-YJ/2/cc1202a15f255d32045b1610b23f07ab http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/sites/entrez?cmd=retrieve&db=pubmed&list_uids=5560479&dopt=citation https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/33665 5560479 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0021-9681(71)90015-4 Journal of Chronic Diseases en_US IndexNoFollow 1024825 bytes 3118 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Elsevier

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/505772021-07-30T00:46:16Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_60161col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_49331col_2027.42_78545

Disability Benefits as Social Insurance: Tradeoffs Between Screening Stringency and Benefit Generosity in Optimal Program Design Waidman, Timothy A. Bound, John Nichols, Austin MRRC Urban Institute NBER Ann Arbor Population and Demography Social Sciences The Social Security Disability Insurance (SSDI) system is designed to provide income security to workers in the event that health problems prevent them from working. In order to qualify for benefits, applicants must pass a medical screening that is intended to verify that the individual is truly incapable of work. Past research has shown, however, that the screening procedures used do not function without error. If screening were error-free, it has can be demonstrated that it is socially optimal to distinguish the disabled non-worker from the non-disabled, providing benefits to the disabled. In this paper we first demonstrate that if the errors in the medical screening are too large, it will not be optimal to distinguish the disabled from the non-disabled. Then, we use data on the actual quality of screening to determine first, if segmenting the non-working population is desirable, and second whether the current SSDI system relies too heavily on screening than is justified. Our preliminary conclusion is that while screening is good enough to justify some distinction in benefits, it may not be good enough to justify the size of the benefit offered. Social Security Administration http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/50577/1/wp042.pdf 2007-04-25T19:35:13Z 2007-04-25T19:35:13Z 2003-04 Working Paper https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/50577 en_US WP 2003-042 318228 bytes application/pdf application/pdf Michigan Retirement Research Center, University of Michigan, P.O. Box 1248, Ann Arbor, MI 48104

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/604262021-10-11T21:42:08Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57738col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565

Providing Spatial Data for Secondary Analysis: Issues and Current Practices Relating to Confidentiality Gutmann, Myron P. Witkowski, Kristine M. McFarland O'Rourke, JoAnne McNally, James Colyer, Corey ICPSR ICPSR ICPSR ICPSR West Virginia University Ann Arbor Confidentiality Data Disclosure Statistics and Numeric Data Social Sciences Spatially explicit data pose a series of opportunities and challenges for all the actors involved in providing data for long-term preservation and secondary analysis—the data producer, the data archive, and the data user. We report on opportunities and challenges for each of the three players, and then turn to a summary of current thinking about how best to prepare, archive, disseminate, and make use of social science data that have spatially explicit identification. The core issue that runs through the paper is the risk of the disclosure of the identity of respondents. If we know where they live, where they work, or where they own property, it is possible to find out who they are. Those involved in collecting, archiving, and using data need to be aware of the risks of disclosure and become familiar with best practices to avoid disclosures that will be harmful to respondents. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/60426/1/spatial data.confidentiality.fulltext.pdf 2008-07-25T18:27:38Z 2008-07-25T18:27:38Z 2008-07-02 Article Population Research and Policy Review 2008 <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/60426> https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/60426 en_US 654431 bytes application/pdf application/pdf

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/448112021-07-30T01:06:47Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_55486col_2027.42_78367col_2027.42_78414col_2027.42_78545

Work stress, nonwork stress, and health Mero, Richard P. Israel, Barbara A. Klitzman, Susan House, James S. Institute for Social Research and Department of Sociology, University of Michigan, 48109, Ann Arbor, Michigan School of Public Health, University of Michigan, 48109, Ann Arbor, Michigan Institute for Social Research and Department of Sociology, University of Michigan, 48109, Ann Arbor, Michigan New York City Department of Health, New York, New York Ann Arbor Nonwork Clinical Psychology Psychology Public Health/Gesundheitswesen Health Psychology Health Work Stress Public Health Health Sciences This paper examines the interface between work stress and nonwork stress and how it relates to health. Results indicate that the way people feel at work is largely a function of conditions at work. Similarly, the way people feel outside of work is largely a function of things that occur outside the job. Both work and nonwork stress are independently associated with physical and mental health, although the relationship between nonwork stress and health is slightly stronger. Excessive demands or stresses in one domain can interfere with life in the other. Such conflict operates equally in both directions. When present it can be an added source of stress and adversely affect health. Taken together these findings suggest that the stress people experience at work is not simply a reflection of their “personal problems.” This has implications for the design of health promotion and stress prevention programs in the workplace. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/44811/1/10865_2004_Article_BF00846832.pdf 2006-09-11T15:18:17Z 2006-09-11T15:18:17Z 1990-06 Article Klitzman, Susan; House, James S.; Israel, Barbara A.; Mero, Richard P.; (1990). "Work stress, nonwork stress, and health." Journal of Behavioral Medicine 13(3): 221-243. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/44811> 0160-7715 1573-3521 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/44811 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/sites/entrez?cmd=retrieve&db=pubmed&list_uids=2213867&dopt=citation 2213867 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/BF00846832 Journal of Behavioral Medicine en_US 1141097 bytes 3115 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Kluwer Academic Publishers-Plenum Publishers; Plenum Publishing Corporation ; Springer Science+Business Media

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/680132021-10-05T21:58:23Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565

Self-Esteem and Psychological Distress in Later Life Krause, Neal M. Alexander, Gwen University of Michigan University of Michigan Geriatrics Public Health Health Sciences The purpose of this article is to examine the relationship between self-esteem and psychological distress in later life. The majority of researchers who have assessed this relationship assume that greater self-esteem is associated with a reduced risk of distress. However, other investigators propose that this relationship may be more complex and that individuals with extremely high as well as extremely low self-esteem are more likely to experience psychological distress than persons with a more moderate sense of self-worth. Findings from a nationwide survey of older adults tend to support the more complex view. It is further hypothesized that people with extremely high self-esteem are at risk because they tend to be isolated from their social network members. This hypothesis is also supported by the data. The implications of the findings are discussed. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/68013/2/10.1177_089826439000200401.pdf 2010-04-13T20:01:50Z 2010-04-13T20:01:50Z 1990 Article Krause, Neal; Alexander, Gwen (1990). "Self-Esteem and Psychological Distress in Later Life." Journal of Aging and Health 2(4): 419-438. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/68013> 0898-2643 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/68013 10.1177/089826439000200401 Journal of Aging and Health Andersson, L. (1985). Intervention against loneliness in a group of elderly women: An impact evaluation. Social Science and Medicine, 20,355-364. Andersson, L., Mullins, L., & Johnson, P. (1987). Parental intrusion versus social isolation: A dichotomous view of the sources of loneliness. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 2, 125-134. Barrett, C. (1978). Effectiveness of widow groups in facilitating change. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 46,20-31. Bengtson, V., Reedy, M., & Gordon, C. (1985). Aging and self-conceptions: Personality processes and social contexts. In J. Birren & K. W. Schaie (Eds.), Handbook of psychology and aging (pp. 544-593). New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold. Block, J., & Thomas, H. (1955). Is satisfaction with self a measure of adjustment?Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 51,254-261. Bradbum, N. (1969). The structure of psychological well-being. Chicago: Aldine. Brown, B. (1978). Social and psychological correlates of help-seeking behavior among urban adults. American Journal of Community Psychology, 6,425-439. Brown, G., & Harris, T. (1978). The social origins of depression: A study of psychiatric disorder in women. New York: Free Press. Cohen, J., & Cohen, P. (1983). Applied multiple regression/correlation for the behavioral sciences. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Earlbaum. George, L. K. (1989). Stress, social support, and depression over the life-course. In K. Markides & C. Cooper (Eds.), Aging, stress and health (pp.241-268). London: Wiley. Glassman, M. (1988). Intrapsychic conflict versus developmental deficit: A causal modeling approach to examining psychoanalytic theories of narcissism. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 5, 23-46. Harder, D. (1984). Character style of the defensively high self-esteem man. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 40,26-35. Havighurst, R. (1972). Developmental tasks and education. New York: David Mc Kay. Hayduk, L. (1987). Structural equation modeling with LISREL. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press. Karmis, A., & Karmis, J. (1981). Analysis of a curvilinear relationship between self-esteem and emotional adjustment. Ohio Journal of Science, 81,253-258. Kenny, D., & Judd, C. (1984). Estimating nonlinear and interactive effects of latent variables. Psychological Bulletin, 96,201-210. Krause, N. (1987). Life stress, social support, and self-esteem in an elderly population. Psychology and Aging, 2,349-356. Lee, G. (1985). Kinship and social support of the elderly: The case of the United States. Aging and Society, 5,19-38. Mechanic, D. (1972). Social psychological factors affecting bodily complaints. New England Journal of Medicine, 286,1132-1139. Mollon, P., & Parry, G. (1984). The fragile self: Narcissistic disturbance and the protective function of depression. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 57, 137-145. Novick, M., & Lewis, G. (1967). Coefficient alpha and the reliability of composite measures. Psychometrika, 32, 1-13. Pearlin, L., Menaghan, E., Lieberman, M., & Mullan, J. (1981). The stress process. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 22,337-356. Peck, R. (1968). Psychological developments in the second half of life. In B. Neugarten (Ed.), Middle age and aging (pp. 47-53). Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Robson, P. (1988). Self-esteem-A psychiatric view. British Journal of Psychiatry, 153, 6-15. Silber, E. G., & Tippett, J. (1965). Self-esteem: Clinical assessment and measurement validation. Psychological Reports, 16,1017-1071. Southwood, K. (1978). Substantive theory and statistical interaction: Five models. American Journal of Sociology, 83,1154-1203. Stein, S., Linn, M., & Weiner, A. (1981). Effectiveness of a service workers action team for the elderly. Journal of the American Geriatric Society, 29,411-417. Stolzenberg, R. (1980). The measurement and decomposition of causal effects in nonlinear and nonadditive models. In K. Schuessler (Ed.), Sociological methodology (pp. 459-488). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Teicholz, J. (1978). A selective review of the psychoanalytic literature on theoretical conceptualizations of narcissism. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 26,831-861. Wells, L., & Marwell, G. (1976). Self-esteem: Its conceptualization and measurement. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage. 3108 bytes 1630568 bytes text/plain application/pdf application/pdf Sage Publications

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/750272021-07-30T01:10:42Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78545

How Academic Achievement, Attitudes, and Behaviors Relate to the Course of Substance Use During Adolescence: A 6-Year, Multiwave National Longitudinal Study Bryant, Alison L. Schulenberg, John E. O'Malley, Patrick M. Bachman, Jerald G. Johnston, Lloyd D. Social Work Social Sciences Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/75027/1/1532-7795.1303005.pdf 2010-06-01T21:59:52Z 2010-06-01T21:59:52Z 2003-09 Article Bryant, Alison L.; Schulenberg, John E.; O'Malley, Patrick M.; Bachman, Jerald G.; Johnston, Lloyd D. (2003). "How Academic Achievement, Attitudes, and Behaviors Relate to the Course of Substance Use During Adolescence: A 6-Year, Multiwave National Longitudinal Study." Journal of Research on Adolescence 13(3): 361-397. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/75027> 1050-8392 1532-7795 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/75027 10.1111/1532-7795.1303005 Journal of Research on Adolescence Adalbjarnardottir, S., & Hafsteinsson, L. G. ( 2001 ). Adolescents' perceived parenting styles and their substance use: Concurrent and longitudinal analyses. Journal of Research on Adolescence, 11, 401 – 423. Aiken, L. S., & West, S. G. ( 1991 ). Multiple regression: Testing and interpreting interactions. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Bachman, J. G., Johnston, L. D., & O'Malley, P. M. ( 1981 ). Smoking, drinking, and drug use among American high school students 1975–1979: Correlates and trends. American Journal of Public Health, 71, 59 – 69. Bachman, J. G., Wadsworth, K. N., O'Malley, P. M., Johnston, L. D., & Schulenberg, J. ( 1997 ). Smoking, drinking, and drug use in young adulthood: The impact of new freedoms and new responsibilities. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Barnes, G. M., Reifman, A. S., Farrell, M. P., & Dintcheff, B. A. ( 2000 ). The effects of parenting on the development of adolescent alcohol misuse: A six-wave latent growth model. Journal of Marriage & the Family, 62, 175 – 186. Botvin, G. J. ( 1996 ). Substance abuse prevention through life skills training. In R. D. Peters, & R. J. McMahon (Eds.), Preventing childhood disorders, substance abuse, and delinquency ( pp. 215 – 240 ). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Bronfenbrenner, U. ( 1979 ). The ecology of human development. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Brook, J. S., Whiteman, M., & Gordon, A. S. ( 1983 ). Stages of drug abuse in adolescence: Personality, peer, and family correlates. Developmental Psychology, 19, 269 – 277. Brook, J. S., Whiteman, M., Gordon, A. S., & Cohen, P. ( 1986 ). Dynamics of childhood and adolescent personality traits and adolescent drug use. Developmental Psychology, 22, 403 – 414. Brophy, J. ( 1996 ). Teaching problem students. New York: Guilford. Brown, B. B., Dolcini, M. M., & Leventhal, A. ( 1997 ). Transformations in peer relationships at adolescence: Implications for health-related behavior. In J. Schulenberg, J. L. Maggs, & K. Hurrelmann (Eds.), Health risks and developmental transitions during adolescence ( pp. 161 – 189 ). Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press. Brunswick, A. F., & Messeri, P. A. ( 1984 ). Origins of cigarette smoking in academic achievement, stress and social expectations: Does gender make a difference? Journal of Early Adolescence, 4, 353 – 370. Bryant, A. L., Schulenberg, J., Bachman, J. G., O'Malley, P. M., & Johnston, L. D. ( 2000 ). Understanding the links among school misbehavior, academic achievement and cigarette use during adolescence: A national panel study of adolescents. Prevention Science, 1, 71 – 87. Bryant, A. L., & Zimmerman, M. A. ( 2002 ). Examining the effects of academic beliefs and behaviors on changes in substance use among urban adolescents. Journal of Educational Psychology, 94, 621 – 637. Bryk, A. S., & Raudenbush, S. W. ( 2002 ). Hierarchical linear models: Applications and data analysis methods (2nd ed.). Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Chen, C., Greenberger, E., Lester, J., Dong, Q., & Guo, M. -S. ( 1998 ). A cross-cultural study of family and peer correlates of adolescent misconduct. Developmental Psychology, 34, 770 – 781. Cohen, J. ( 1977 ). Statistical power analysis for the behavioral sciences. New York: Academic Press. Coombs, R. H., & Paulson, M. J. ( 1988 ). Contrasting family patterns of adolescent drug users and nonusers. In R. H. Coombs (Ed.), The family context of adolescent drug use ( pp. 59 – 72 ). New York: Haworth Press. Crockett, L. J. ( 1997 ). Cultural, historical, and subcultural contexts of adolescence: Implications for health and development. In J. Schulenberg, J. L. Maggs, & K. Hurrelmann (Eds.), Health risks and developmental transitions during adolescence ( pp. 23 – 53 ). Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press. Curran, P. J. ( 2000 ). A latent curve framework for the study of developmental trajectories in adolescent substance use. In J. S. Rose, L. Chassin, C. C. Presson, & S. J. Sherman (Eds.), Multivariate applications in substance use research: New methods for new questions ( pp. 1 – 42 ). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Curran, P. J., Stice, E., & Chassin, L. ( 1997 ). The relation between adolescent alcohol use and peer alcohol use: A longitudinal random coefficients model. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 65, 130 – 140. Diem, E. C., McKay, L. C., & Jamieson, J. L. ( 1994 ). Female adolescent alcohol, cigarette, and marijuana use: Similarities and differences in patterns of use. The International Journal of the Addictions, 29, 987 – 997. Dryfoos, J. G. ( 1990 ). Adolescents at risk: Prevalence and prevention. New York: Oxford University Press. Eccles, J. S., Lord, S., Roeser, R. W., Barber, B. L., & Jozefowicz, D. M. H. ( 1997 ). The association of school transitions in early adolescence with developmental trajectories through high school. In J. Schulenberg, J. L. Maggs, & K. Hurrelmann (Eds.), Health risks and developmental transitions during adolescence ( pp. 283 – 320 ). Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press. Evans, W. P., & Skager, R. ( 1992 ). Academically successful drug users: An oxymoron? Journal of Drug Education, 22, 353 – 365. Farrell, A. D., & White, K. S. ( 1998 ). Peer influences and drug use among urban adolescents: Family structure and parent-adolescent relationship as protective factors. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 66 (2), 248 – 258. Frome, P. M., & Eccles, J. S. ( 1998 ). Parents' influence on children's achievement-related perceptions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 74 (2), 435 – 452. Fuligni, A. J., Eccles, J. S., Barber, B. L., & Clements, P. ( 2001 ). Early adolescent peer orientation and adjustment during high school. Developmental Psychology, 37, 28 – 36. Ge, X., Conger, R. D., & Elder, G. H. ( 2001 ). Pubertal transition, stressful life events, and the emergence of gender differences in adolescent depressive symptoms. Developmental Psychology, 37, 404 – 417. Gottfredson, M. R., & Hirschi, T. ( 1994 ). A general theory of adolescent problem behavior: Problems and prospects. In R. D. Ketterlinus, & M. E. Lamb (Eds.), Adolescent problem behaviors ( pp. 41 – 56 ). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Hawkins, J. D., Catalano, R. F., & Miller, J. Y. ( 1992 ). Risk and protective factors for alcohol use and other drug problems in adolescence and early adulthood: Implications for substance use prevention. Psychological Bulletin, 112, 64 – 105. Hawkins, J. D., Guo, J., Hill, K. G., Battin-Pearson, S., & Abbott, R. D. ( 2001 ). Long-term effects of the Seattle Social Development Intervention on school bonding trajectories. Applied Developmental Science, 5, 225 – 236. Hawkins, J. D., & Weis, J. G. ( 1985 ). The social development model: An integrated approach to delinquency prevention. Journal of Primary Prevention, 6, 73 – 97. Jessor, R. ( 1992 ). Risk behavior in adolescence: A psychosocial framework for understanding and action. Developmental Review, 12, 374 – 390. Jessor, R., & Jessor, S. L. ( 1977 ). Problem behavior and psychosocial development: A longitudinal study of youth. New York: Academic Press. Johnston, L. D., O'Malley, P. M., & Bachman, J. G. ( 2002 ). Monitoring the Future national survey results on drug use, 1975–2001. Volume I: Secondary school students. Bethesda, MD: National Institute on Drug Abuse. Kandel, D. B., & Andrews, K. ( 1987 ). Processes of adolescent socialization by parents and peers. The International Journal of the Addictions, 22, 319 – 342. Kerr, M., & Stattin, H. ( 2000 ). What parents know, how they know it, and several forms of adolescent adjustment: Further support for a reinterpretation of monitoring. Developmental Psychology, 36, 366 – 380. Larson, R. W. ( 2000 ). Toward a psychology of positive youth development. American Psychologist, 55, 170 – 183. Luthar, S. S., & Cushing, G. ( 1997 ). Substance use and personal adjustment among disadvantaged teenagers: A prospective study. Journal of Youth & Adolescence, 26, 353 – 372. Maccoby, E. E. ( 1995 ). The two sexes and their social systems. In P. Moen, G. H. Elder, & K. Luscher (Eds.), Examining lives in context: Perspectives on the ecology of human development ( pp. 347 – 364 ). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Maggs, J. L. ( 1997 ). Alcohol use and binge drinking as goal-directed action during the transition to postsecondary education. In J. Schulenberg, J. L. Maggs, & K. Hurrelmann (Eds.), Health risks and developmental transitions during adolescence ( pp. 345 – 371 ). Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press. McLoyd, V. C. ( 1998 ). Changing demographics in the American populations: Implications for research on minority children and adolescents. In V. C. McLoyd, & L. Steinberg (Eds.), Studying minority adolescents: Conceptual, methodological, and theoretical issues ( pp. 3 – 28 ). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Mounts, N. S., & Steinberg, L. ( 1995 ). An ecological analysis of peer influence on adolescent grade point average and drug use. Developmental Psychology, 31, 915 – 922. Newcomb, M. D., Abbott, R. D., Catalano, R. F., Hawkins, J. D., Battin-Pearson, S., & Hill, K. ( 2002 ). Mediational and deviance theories of late high school failure: Process roles of structural strains, academic competence, and general versus specific problem behavior. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 49 (2), 172 – 186. Newcomb, M. D., & Bentler, P. M. ( 1989 ). Substance use and abuse among children and teenagers. American Psychologist, 44, 242 – 248. O'Malley, P. M., Bachman, J. G., & Johnston, L. D. ( 1983 ). Reliability and consistency in self-reports of drug use. The International Journal of the Addictions, 18, 805 – 824. O'Malley, P. M., & Johnston, L. D. ( 2002 ). Epidemiology of alcohol and other drug use among American college students. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, Supplement No., 14, 23 – 39. Orlando, M., Ellickson, P. L., & Jinnett, K. ( 2001 ). The temporal relationship between emotional distress and cigarette smoking during adolescence and young adulthood. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69, 959 – 970. Osborne, J. W. ( 1997 ). Race and academic disidentification. Journal of Educational Psychology, 89, 728 – 735. Petraitis, J., Flay, B. R., & Miller, T. Q. ( 1995 ). Reviewing theories of adolescent substance use: Organizing pieces of the puzzle. Psychological Bulletin, 117, 67 – 86. Pilgrim, C., Schulenberg, J., O'Malley, P. M., Bachman, J. G., & Johnston, L. D. ( 2003 ). Mediators and moderators of parental involvement on substance use: A national study of adolescents Manuscript submitted for publication. Pomerantz, E. M., Altermatt, E. R., & Saxon, J. L. ( 2002 ). Making the grade but feeling distressed: Gender differences in academic performance and internal distress. Journal of Educational Psychology, 94 (2), 396 – 404. Raudenbush, S. W., & Liu, X. ( 2001 ). Effects of study duration, frequency of observation, and sample size on power in studies of group differences in polynomial change. Psychological Methods, 6, 387 – 401. Roeser, R. W., Eccles, J. S., & Freedman-Doan, C. ( 1999 ). Academic functioning and mental health in adolescence: Patterns, progressions, routes from childhood. Journal of Adolescent Research, 14, 135 – 174. Rosenthal, R., Rosnow, R. L., & Rubin, D. B. ( 2000 ). Contrasts and effect sizes in behavioral research: A correlational approach. Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press. Rubin, D. B. ( 1987 ). Multiple imputation for nonresponse in surveys. New York: Wiley. Schafer, J. L., & Graham, J. W. ( 2002 ). Missing data: Our view of the state of the art. Psychological Methods, 7, 147 – 177. Scheier, L. M., & Botvin, G. J. ( 1998 ). Relations of social skills, personal competence, and adolescent alcohol use: A developmental exploratory study. Journal of Early Adolescence, 18, 77 – 114. Scheier, L. M., Botvin, G. J., Griffin, K. W., & Diaz, T. ( 2000 ). Dynamic growth models of self–esteem and adolescent alcohol use. Journal of Early Adolescence, 20, 178 – 209. Schulenberg, J., Bachman, J. G., O'Malley, P. M., & Johnston, L. D. ( 1994 ). High school educational success and subsequent substance use: A panel analysis following adolescents into young adulthood. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 35, 45 – 62. Schulenberg, J., & Maggs, J. L. ( 2002 ). A developmental perspective on alcohol use and heavy drinking during the transition to young adulthood. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 14 ( Suppl. ), 57 – 70. Schulenberg, J., Maggs, J. L., Dielman, T. E., Leech, S. L., Kloska, D. D., & Shope, J. T., et al. ( 1999 ). On peer influences to get drunk: A panel study of young adolescents. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 45, 108 – 142. Schulenberg, J., Maggs, J. L., Steinman, K. J., & Zucker, R. A. ( 2001 ). Development matters: Taking the long view on substance abuse etiology and intervention during adolescence. In P. M. Monti, S. M. Colby, & T. A. O'Leary (Eds.), Adolescents, alcohol, and substance abuse: Reaching teens through brief interventions ( pp. 19 – 57 ). New York: Guilford. Schulenberg, J., Wadsworth, K. N., O'Malley, P. M., Bachman, J. G., & Johnston, L. D. ( 1996 ). Adolescent risk factors for binge drinking during the transition to young adulthood: Variable- and pattern-centered approaches to change. Developmental Psychology, 32, 659 – 674. Smith, G. M., & Fogg, C. P. ( 1978 ). Psychological predictors of early use, late use, and nonuse of marijuana among teenage students. In D. B. Kandel (Ed.), Longitudinal research on drug use ( pp. 101 – 113 ). New York: Wiley. Statistical Package for the Social Sciences. ( 1999 ). Statistical Package for the Social Sciences 10.0 for Windows [Computer Software]. Chicago, IL: SPSS. Steinberg, L. ( 1996 ). Beyond the classroom: Why school reform has failed and what parents need to do. New York: Simon & Schuster. Steinberg, L., Darling, N. E., & Fletcher, A. C. ( 1995 ). Authoritative parenting and adolescent adjustment: An ecological journey. In P. Moen (Ed.), Examining lives in context: Perspectives on the ecology of human development ( pp. 423 – 466 ). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Voelkl, K. E., & Frone, M. R. ( 2000 ). Predictors of substance use at school among high school students. Journal of Educational Psychology, 92, 583 – 592. Wallace, J. M. Jr, & Muroff, J. R. ( 2002 ). Preventing substance abuse among African American children and youth: Race differences in risk factor exposure and vulnerability. Journal of Primary Prevention, 22, 235 – 261. Way, N., Stauber, H. Y., Nakkula, M. J., & London, P. ( 1994 ). Depression and substance use in two divergent high school cultures: A quantitative and qualitative analysis. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 23, 331 – 357. Webb, J. A., Bray, J. H., Getz, J. G., & Adams, G. ( 2002 ). Gender, perceived parental monitoring and behavioral adjustment: Influences on adolescent alcohol use. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 72 (3), 392 – 400. Wigfield, A. ( 1994 ). Expectancy-value theory of achievement motivation: A developmental perspective. Educational Psychology Review, 6, 49 – 78. Wills, T. A., Sandy, J. M., & Yaeger, A. M. ( 2002 ). Stress and smoking in adolescence: A test of directional hypotheses. Health Psychology, 21, 122 – 130. Wills, T. A., Sandy, J. M., Yaeger, A., & Shinar, O. ( 2001 ). Family risk factors and adolescent substance use: Moderation effects for temperament dimensions. Developmental Psychology, 37, 283 – 297. Windle, M. ( 1990 ). A longitudinal study of antisocial behaviors in early adolescence as predictors of adolescent substance use: Gender and ethnic group differences. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 99, 86 – 91. Copyright © 2003, Society for Research on Adolescence 235048 bytes 3109 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Blackwell Publishing

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/342252021-10-11T21:40:52Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78545

Sample designs and sampling methods for the Collaborative Psychiatric Epidemiology Studies (CPES) Heeringa, Steven G. Wagner, James R. Torres, Myriam Duan, Naihua Adams, Terry Berglund, Patricia A. Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, USA. ; Heeringa, Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, 426 Thompson Street, Ann Arbor, MI 48104, USA. Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, USA. Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, USA. Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, USA. Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, USA. Department of Biostatistics, University of California, Los Angeles, USA. Life and Medical Sciences Psychiatry Psychiatry Health Sciences Health Sciences This paper provides an overview of the probability sample designs and sampling methods for the Collaborative Psychiatric Epidemiology Studies (CPES): the National Comorbidity Survey Replication (NCS-R), the National Study of American Life (NSAL) and the National Latino and Asian American Study of Mental Health (NLAAS). The multi-stage sample design and respondent selection procedures used in these three studies are based on the University of Michigan Survey Research Center's National Sample designs and operations. The paper begins with a general overview of these designs and procedures and then turns to a more detailed discussion of the adaptation of these general methods to the three specific study designs. The detailed discussions of the individual study samples focus on design characteristics and outcomes that are important to analysts of the CPES data sets and to researchers and statisticians who are planning future studies. The paper describes how the expected survey cost and error structure for each of these surveys influenced the original design of the samples and how actual field experience led to changes and adaptations to arrive at the final samples of each survey population. Copyright © 2004 Whurr Publishers Ltd. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/34225/1/179_ftp.pdf 2006-04-18T20:52:45Z 2006-04-18T20:52:45Z 2004-11 Article Heeringa, Steven G.; Wagner, James; Torres, Myriam; Duan, Naihua; Adams, Terry; Berglund, Patricia (2004)."Sample designs and sampling methods for the Collaborative Psychiatric Epidemiology Studies (CPES)." International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research 13(4): 221-240. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/34225> 1049-8931 1234-988X https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/34225 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/sites/entrez?cmd=retrieve&db=pubmed&list_uids=15719530&dopt=citation 15719530 http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/mpr.179 International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research en_US IndexNoFollow 224815 bytes 3118 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/722612021-07-30T01:13:24Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565

Behavioral Mechanisms in HIV Epidemiology and Prevention: Past, Present, and Future Roles Bingenheimer, Jeffrey B. Geronimus, Arline T. Professor, Department of Health Behavior and Health Education, and Research Professor, Population Studies Center, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI. NICHD Postdoctoral Fellow, Population Research Institute, Pennsylvania State University, 601 Oswald Tower, University Park, PA 16802. E-mail: bartbing@pop.psu.edu . Public Health Health Sciences Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/72261/1/j.1728-4465.2009.00202.x.pdf 2010-06-01T19:04:23Z 2010-06-01T19:04:23Z 2009-09 Article Bingenheimer, Jeffrey B.; Geronimus, Arline T. (2009). "Behavioral Mechanisms in HIV Epidemiology and Prevention: Past, Present, and Future Roles." Studies in Family Planning 40(3): 187-204. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/72261> 0039-3665 1728-4465 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/72261 19852409 10.1111/j.1728-4465.2009.00202.x Studies in Family Planning Abbas, Ume L., Roy M. Anderson, and John W. Mellors. 2006. “ Potential impact of antiretroviral therapy on HIV-1 transmission and AIDS mortality in resource-limited settings. ” Journal of Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndromes 41 ( 5 ): 632 – 641. Adimora, Adora A., Victor J. Schoenbach, Dana M. Bonas, Francis E.A. Martinson, Kathryn H. Donaldson, and Tonya R. Stancil. 2002. “ Concurrent sexual partnerships among women in the United States. ” Epidemiology 13 ( 3 ): 320 – 327. Ahlberg, Beth M. 1994. “ Is there a distinct African sexuality? A critical response to Caldwell. ” Africa 64 ( 2 ): 220 – 242. Allen, Tim. 2004. “ Introduction: Why don't AIDS policies work? ” Journal of International Development 16 ( 8 ): 1,123 – 1,127. Anderson, John E. 2003. “ Condom use and HIV risk among US adults. ” American Journal of Public Health 93 ( 6 ): 912 – 914. Anderson, Roy M. 1999. “ Transmission dynamics of sexually transmitted infections. ” In Sexually Transmitted Diseases ( Third Edition ). Eds. King. K. Holmes, P. Frederick Sparling, Per-Anders Mardh, S.M. Lemon, Walter E. Stamm, Peter Piot, and Judith N. Wasserheit. New York: McGraw-Hill. Pp. 25 – 37. Anderson, R.M., G.F. Medley, R.M. May, and A.M. Johnson. 1986. “ A preliminary study of the transmission dynamics of the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), the causative agent of AIDS. ” IMA Journal of Mathematics Applied in Medicine and Biology 3 ( 4 ): 229 – 263. Ankrah, E. Maxine. 1991. “ AIDS and the social side of health. ” Social Science & Medicine 32 ( 9 ): 967 – 980. Aral, Sevgi O. and King K. Holmes. 1999. “ Social and behavioral determinants of the epidemiology of STDs: Industrialized and developing countries. ” In Sexually Transmitted Diseases ( Third Edition ). Eds. King. K. Holmes, P. Frederick Sparling, Per-Anders Mardh, S.M. Lemon, Walter E. Stamm, Peter Piot, and Judith N. Wasserheit. New York: McGraw-Hill. Pp. 39 – 76. Aral, Sevgi O. and Thomas A. Peterman. 1996. “ Measuring outcomes of behavioural interventions for STD/HIV prevention. ” International Journal of STD and AIDS 7 ( supplement 2 ): 30 – 38. Auvert, Bertran, Dirk Taljaard, Emmanuel Lagarde, Joelle Sobngwi-Tambekou, Remi Sitta, and Adrian Puren. 2005. “ Randomized, controlled intervention trial of male circumcision for reduction of HIV infection risk: The ANRS 1265 Trial. ” PLoS Medicine 2 ( 11 ): e298. Baggaley, Rebecca F., Geoff P. Garnett, and Neil M. Ferguson. 2006. “ Modeling the impact of antiretroviral use in resource-poor settings. ” PLoS Medicine 3 ( 4 ): e124. Bailey, Robert C., Stephen Moses, Corette B. Parker, et al. 2007. “ Male circumcision for HIV prevention in young men in Kisumu, Kenya: A randomised, controlled trial. ” Lancet 369 ( 9,562 ): 643 – 656. BarrÉ-Sinoussi, F., J.C. Chermann, F. Rey, et al. 1983. “ Isolation of a T-lymphotropic retrovirus from a patient at risk for acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS). ” Science 220 ( 4,599 ): 868 – 871. Basen-Engquist, K. 1992. “ Psychosocial predictors of safer sex behaviors in young adults. ” AIDS Education and Prevention 4 ( 2 ): 120 – 134. Bassett, Mary T. and Marvellous Mhloyi. 1991. “ Women and AIDS in Zimbabwe: The making of an epidemic. ” International Journal of Health Services 21 ( 1 ): 143 – 156. Belsey, Mark A. 1976. “ Epidemiology of infertility: A review with particular reference to sub-Saharan Africa. ” Bulletin of the World Health Organization 54 ( 3 ): 319 – 341. Biggar, Robert J. 1986. “ The AIDS problem in Africa. ” Lancet 327 ( 8,472 ): 79 – 83. Billy, John O.G., Koray Tanfer, William R. Grady, and Daniel H. Klepinger. 1993. “ The sexual behavior of men in the United States. ” Family Planning Perspectives 25 ( 2 ): 52 – 60. Bleek, Wolf. 1987. “ Lying informants: A fieldwork experience from Ghana. ” Population and Development Review 13 ( 2 ): 314 – 322. Blower, S.M., H.B. Gershengorn, and R.M. Grant. 2000. “ A tale of two futures: HIV and antiretroviral therapy in San Francisco. ” Science 287 ( 5,453 ): 650 – 654. Blythe, S.P. and R.M. Anderson. 1988. “ Heterogeneous sexual activity models of HIV transmission in male homosexual populations. ” Mathematical Medicine and Biology 4 ( 4 ): 237 – 260. Boerma, J. Ties and Sharon S. Weir. 2005. “ Integrating demographic and epidemiological approaches to research on HIV/AIDS: The proximate-determinants framework. ” Journal of Infectious Diseases 191 ( supplement 1 ): s61 – s67. Boerma, J. Ties, Simon D. Gregson, Constance Nyamukapa, and Mark Urassa. 2003. “ Understanding the uneven spread of HIV within Africa: Comparative study of biologic, behavioral, and contextual factors in rural populations in Tanzania and Zimbabwe. ” Sexually Transmitted Diseases 30 ( 10 ): 779 – 787. Bongaarts, John, Priscilla Reining, Peter Way, and Francis Conant. 1989. “ The relationship between male circumcision and HIV in African populations. ” AIDS 3 ( 6 ): 373 – 377. Boyko, William J., Martin T. Schechter, Kevin J. P. Craib, et al. 1986. “ The Vancouver Lymphadenopathy-AIDS Study: 5. Antecedent behavioural, clinical and laboratory findings in patients with AIDS and HIV-seropositive controls. ” Canadian Medical Association Journal 135 ( 8 ): 881 – 887. Brunham, Robert C. 2005. “ Insights into the epidemiology of sexually transmitted diseases from R 0 = Β cD. ” Sexually Transmitted Diseases 32 ( 12 ): 722 – 724. BuvÉ, A., M. CaraËl, R.J. Hayes, et al. 2001. “ The multicentre study on factors determining the differential spread of HIV in four African cities: Summary and conclusions. ” AIDS 15 ( supplement 4 ): s127 – s131. Caceres, Carlos F. and Godfried J.P. van Griensven. 1994. “ Male homosexual transmission of HIV-1. ” AIDS 8 ( 8 ): 1,051 – 1,061. Caldwell, John C. 2000. “ Rethinking the African AIDS epidemic. ” Population and Development Review 26 ( 1 ) 117 – 135. Caldwell, John C. and Pat Caldwell. 1996. “ The African AIDS epidemic. ” Scientific American 274 ( March ): 62 – 68. Caldwell, John C., Pat Caldwell, and Pat Quiggin. 1989. “ The social context of AIDS in sub-Saharan Africa. ” Population and Development Review 15 ( 2 ): 185 – 234. Cameron, D. William, J. Neil Simonsen, Lourdes J. D'Costa, et al. 1989. “ Female to male transmission of human immunodeficiency virus type 1: Risk factors for seroconversion in men. ” Lancet ( 334 ) 8, 860: 403 – 407. Campbell, Catherine. 2003. Letting Them Die: Why HIV/AIDS Prevention Programs Fail. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. CaraËl, Michel. 1995. “ Sexual behaviour. ” In Sexual Behaviour and AIDS in the Developing World. Eds. John Cleland and BenoÎt Ferry. London: Taylor and Francis. Pp. 75 – 123. CaraËl, Michel and King K. Holmes. 2001. “ Dynamics of HIV epidemics in sub-Saharan Africa: Introduction. ” AIDS 15 ( supplement 4 ): s1 – s4. CaraËl, Michel, John Cleland, Jean-Calude Deheneffe, BenoÎt Ferry, and Roger Ingham. 1995. “ Sexual behaviour in developing countries: Implications for HIV control. ” AIDS 9 ( 10 ): 1,171 – 1,175. Caravano, Kathryn. 1991. “ More than mothers and whores: Redefining the AIDS prevention needs of women. ” International Journal of Health Services 21 ( 1 ): 131 – 142. Cassell, Michael M., Daniel T. Halperin, James D. Shelton, and David Stanton. 2006. “ Risk compensation: The Achilles' heel of innovations in HIV prevention? ” British Medical Journal 332 ( 7,541 ): 605 – 607. Catania, Joseph A., Thomas J. Coates, and Susan Kegeles. 1994. “ A test of the AIDS Risk Reduction Model: Psychosocial correlates of condom use in the AMEN cohort study. ” Health Psychology 13 ( 6 ): 548 – 555. Catania, Joseph. A., Susan M. Kegeles, and Thomas J. Coates. 1990. “ Towards an understanding of risk behavior: An AIDS risk reduction model (ARRM). ” Health Education Quarterly 17 ( 1 ): 53 – 72. Catania, Joseph A., Dennis Osmond, Ronald D. Stall, et al. 2001. “ The continuing HIV epidemic among men who have sex with men. ” American Journal of Public Health 91 ( 6 ): 907 – 914. Celum, Connie, Ruth Levine, Marcia Weaver, and Anna Wald. 2004. “ Genital herpes and human immunodeficiency virus: Double trouble. ” Bulletin of the World Health Organization 82 ( 6 ): 447 – 453. Celum, Connie, Anna Wald, James Hughes, et al. 2008. “ Effect of acyclovir on HIV-1 acquisition in herpes simplex virus 2 seropositive women and men who have sex with men: A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. ” Lancet 371 ( 9,630 ): 2,109 – 2,119. Centers for Disease Control (CDC). 1981a. “ Pneumocystic pneumonia—Los Angeles. ” Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report 30 ( 21 ): 250 – 252. Centers for Disease Control (CDC). 1981b. “ Kaposi's sarcoma and Pneumocystis pneumonia among homosexual men—New York City and California. ” Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report 30 ( 25 ) 305 – 308. Centers for Disease Control (CDC). 1981c. “ Follow-up on Kaposi's sarcoma and Pneumocystis pneumonia. ” Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report 30 ( 28 August ): 409 – 410. Centers for Disease Control (CDC). 1984. “ Declining rates of rectal and pharyngeal gonorrhea among males—New York City. ” Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report 33 ( 21 ): 295 – 297. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). 2006. HIV/AIDS Surveillance Report, 2006, volume 18. Atlanta: United States Department of Health and Human Services, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Chaisson, Richard E., Peter Bacchetti, Dennis Osmond, Barbara Brodie, Merle A. Sandle, and Andrew R. Moss. 1989. “ Cocaine use and HIV infection in intravenous drug users in San Francisco. ” Journal of the American Medical Association 261 ( 4 ): 561 – 565. Chaisson, Richard E., Andrew R. Moss, Robin Onishi, Dennis Osmond, and James R. Carlson. 1987. “ Human immunodeficiency virus infection in heterosexual intravenous drug users in San Francisco. ” American Journal of Public Health 77 ( 2 ): 169 – 172. Chin, James and Jonathan M. Mann. 1990. “ HIV infections and AIDS in the 1990s. ” Annual Review of Public Health 11: 127 – 142. Cleland, John and BenoÎt Ferry. 1995. Sexual Behaviour and AIDS in the Developing World. London: Taylor and Francis. Cleland, J., J.T. Boerma, M. CaraËl, and S.S. Weir. 2004. “ Monitoring sexual behaviour in general populations: A systhesis of lessons of the past decade. ” Sexually Transmitted Infections: 80 ( supplement ii ): ii1 – ii7. Clumeck, Nathan, Marjorie Robert-Guroff, Philippe van de Perre, et al. 1985. “ Seroepidemiological studies of HTLV-III antibody prevalence among selected groups of heterosexual Africans. ” Journal of the American Medical Association 254 ( 18 ): 2,599 – 2,602. Clumeck, N., J. Sonnet, H. Taelman, F. Mascart-Lemone, et al. 1984. “ Acquired immuno-deficiency syndrome in African patients. ” New England Journal of Medicine 310 ( 8 ): 492 – 497. Coates, Thomas J., Linda Richter, and Carlos Caceres. 2008. “ Behavioural strategies to reduce HIV transmission: How to make them work better. ” Lancet 372 ( 9,639 ): 669 – 684. Corbett, Elizabeth L., Richard W. Steketee, Feiko O. der Kuile, Ahmed S. Latif, Anatoli Kamali, and Richard J. Hayes. 2002. “ HIV-1/AIDS and the control of other infectious diseases in Africa. ” Lancet 359 ( 9,324 ): 2,177 – 2,187. Corey, Lawrence, Anna Wald, Connie L. Celum, and Thomas C. Quinn. 2004. “ The effects of herpes simplex virus-2 on HIV-1 acquisition and transmission: A review of two overlapping epidemics. ” Journal of Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndromes 35 ( 5 ): 435 – 445. Curran, James W. 1985. “ The epidemiology and prevention of the acquired immunodeficiency syndrome. ” Annals of Internal Medicine 103 ( 5 ): 657 – 662. Curtis, S.L. and E.G. Sutherland. 2004. “ Measuring sexual behaviour in the era of HIV/AIDS: The experience of the Demographic and Health Surveys and similar enquiries. ” Sexually Transmitted Infections 80 ( supplement ii ): ii22 – ii27. Darrow, William W., Dean F. Echenberg, Harold W. Jaffe, Paul M. O'Malley, Robert H. Byers, Jane P. Getchell, and James W. Curran. 1987. “ Risk factors for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infections in homosexual men. ” American Journal of Public Health 77 ( 4 ): 479 – 483. de Bruyn, Maria. 1992. “ Women and AIDS in developing countries. ” Social Science & Medicine 34 ( 3 ): 249 – 262. Decosas, J., J.K. Anarfi, K.D.R. Sodji, and H.U. Wagner. 1995. “ Migration and AIDS. ” Lancet 346 ( 8,978 ): 826 – 828. Des Jarlais, Don C., Kachit Choopanya, Suphak Vanichseni, et al. 1994. “ AIDS risk reduction and reduced HIV seroconversion among injection drug users in Bangkok. ” American Journal of Public Health 84 ( 3 ): 452 – 455. Des Jarlais, Don C., Samuel R. Friedman, David M. Novick, et al. 1991. “ HIV-1 infection among intravenous drug users in Manhattan, New York City, from 1977 to 1987. ” Journal of the American Medical Association 261 ( 7 ): 1,008 – 1,012. Des Jarlais, Don C., Samuel R. Friedman, and David Strug. 1986. “ AIDS and needle sharing within the IV-drug use subculture. ” In The Social Dimensions of AIDS: Method and Theory. Eds. Douglas A. Feldman and Thomas A. Johnson. New York: Praeger. Pp. 111 – 125. Des Jarlais, Don C., Michael Marmor, Patricia Friedmann, et al. 2000. “ HIV incidence among injection drug users in New York City, 1992–1997: Evidence for a declining epidemic. ” American Journal of Public Health 90 ( 3 ): 352 – 359. DiClemente, Ralph J. and John L. Peterson. 1994. Preventing AIDS: Theories and Methods of Behavioral Interventions. New York: Plenum Press. Dow, William H., Tomas J. Philipson, and Xavier Sala-i-Martin. 1999. “ Longevity complementarities under competing risks. ” American Economic Review 89 ( 5 ): 1,358 – 1,371. Durack, David T. 1981. “ Opportunistic infections and Kaposi's sarcoma in homosexual men. ” New England Journal of Medicine 305 ( 24 ): 1,465 – 1,467. Ekstrand, Maria L. and Thomas J. Coates. 1990. “ Maintenance of safer sexual behaviors and predictors of risky sex: The San Francisco Men's Health Study. ” American Journal of Public Health 80 ( 8 ): 973 – 977. Epstein, Helen. 2007. The Invisible Cure: Why We Are Losing the Fight Against AIDS in Africa. New York: Picador. Ericksen, Karen P. and Karen F. Trocki. 1994. “ Sex, alcohol and sexually transmitted diseases: A national survey. ” Family Planning Perspectives 26 ( 6 ): 257 – 263. Evans, B.A., S.G. Dawson, K.A. McLean, et al. 1986. “ Sexual lifestyle and clinical findings related to HTLV-III/LAV status in homosexual men. ” Genitourinary Medicine 62 ( 6 ): 384 – 389. Fauci, Anthony S. 1982. “ The syndrome of Kaposi's sarcoma and opportunistic infections: An epidemiologically restricted disorder of immunoregulation. ” Annals of Internal Medicine 96 ( 6 ): 777 – 779. Fineberg, Harvey V. 1988. “ Education to prevent AIDS: Prospects and obstacles. ” Science 239 ( 4,840 ): 592 – 596. Fishbein, Martin and Willo Pequegnat. 2000. “ Evaluating AIDS prevention interventions using behavioral and biological outcome measures. ” Sexually Transmitted Diseases 27 ( 2 ): 101 – 110. Fisher, Jeffrey D. and William A. Fisher. 1992. “ Changing AIDS-risk behavior. ” Psychological Bulletin 111 ( 3 ): 455 – 474. Fisher, Jeffrey D., William A. Fisher, Sunyna S. Williams, and Thomas E. Malloy. 1994. “ Empirical tests of an information-motivation-behavioral skills model of AIDS-preventive behavior with gay men and heterosexual university students. ” Health Psychology 13 ( 3 ): 238 – 250. Fleming, Douglas T., Geraldine M. McQuillan, Robert E. Johnson, Andre J. Nahmias, Sevgi O. Aral, Francis K. Lee, and Michael E. St. Louis. 1997. “ Herpes simplex virus type 2 in the United States, 1976 to 1994. ” New England Journal of Medicine 337 ( 16 ): 1,105 – 1,111. Fleming, Douglas T., and Judith N. Wasserheit. 1999. “ From epidemiological synergy to public health policy and practice: The contribution of other sexually transmitted diseases to sexual transmission of HIV infection. ” Sexually Transmitted Infections 75 ( 1 ): 3 – 17. Gallo, Maria F., Frieda M. Behets, Markus J. Steiner, et al. 2006. “ Prostate-specific antigen to ascertain reliability of self-reported coital exposure to semen. ” Sexually Transmitted Diseases 33 ( 8 ): 476 – 479. Gallo, Robert C., Syed Z. Salahuddin, Mikulas Popovic, et al. 1984. “ Frequent detection and isolation of cytopathic retroviruses (HTLV-III) from patients with AIDS and at risk for AIDS. ” Science 224 ( 4,648 ): 500 – 503. Gallo, Robert C., Prem S. Sarin, E.P. Gelmann, et al. 1983. “ Isolation of human T-cell leukemia virus in acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS). ” Science 220 ( 4,599 ): 865 – 867. Garnett, Geoffrey P. and Roy M. Anderson. 1993. “ Factors controlling the spread of HIV in heterosexual communities in developing countries: Patterns of sexual mixing between different age and sexual activity classes. ” Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London Series B 342 ( 1,300 ): 137 – 159. Garnett, Geoffrey P. and Roy M. Anderson. 1994. “ Balancing sexual partnership in an age and activity stratified model of HIV transmission in heterosexual populations. ” Mathematical Medicine and Biology 11 ( 3 ): 161 – 192. Goedert, James J., M.G. Sarngadharan, Robert J. Biggar, et al. 1984. “ Determinants of retrovirus (HTLV-III) antibody and immunodeficiency conditions in homosexual men. ” Lancet 324 ( 8,405 ): 711 – 716. Gottlieb, Michael S., Robert Schroff, Connie L. Celum, et al. 1981. “ Pneumocystis carinii pneumonia and mucosal candidiasis in previously healthy homosexual men. ” New England Journal of Medicine 305 ( 24 ): 1,425 – 1,431. Gray, Ronald H., Godfrey Kigozi, David Serwadda, et al. 2007. “ Male circumcision for HIV prevention in men in Rakai, Uganda: A randomised trial. ” Lancet 369 ( 9,562 ): 657 – 666. Gray, Ronald H., Xiabin Li, Connie L. Celum, et al. 2003. “ Stochastic simulation of the impact of antiretroviral therapy and HIV vaccines on HIV transmission: Rakai, Uganda. ” AIDS 17 ( 13 ): 1,941 – 1,951. Gray, Ronald H., Maria J. Wawer, Ron Brookmeyer, et al. 2001. “ Probability of HIV-1 transmission per coital act in monogamous, heterosexual, HIV-1-discordant couples in Rakai, Uganda. ” Lancet 357 ( 9,263 ): 1,149 – 1,153. Gregson, Simon, Geoffrey P. Garnett, Constance A. Nyamukapa, et al. 2006. “ HIV decline associated with behavior change in eastern Zimbabwe. ” Science 311 ( 5,761 ): 664 – 666. Gregson, S., P. Mushati, P.J. White, M. Mlilo, C. Mundandi, and C. Nyamukapa. 2004. “ Informal confidential voting interview methods and temporal changes in reported sexual risk behaviour for HIV transmission in sub-Saharan Africa. ” Sexually Transmitted Infections 80 ( supplement ii ): ii36 – ii42. Grosskurth, Heiner, Frank Mosha, James Todd, et al. 1995. “ Impact of improved treatment of sexually transmitted diseases on HIV infection in rural Tanzania: Randomised controlled trial. ” Lancet 346 ( 8,974 ): 530 – 536. Gulick, Roy M., John W. Mellors, Diane Havlir, et al. 1997. “ Treatment with indinavir, zidovudine, and lamivudine in adults with human immunodeficiency virus infection and prior antiretroviral therapy. ” New England Journal of Medicine 337 ( 11 ): 734 – 739. Gupta, Geeta R., Justin O. Parkhurst, Jessica A. Ogden, Peter Aggleton, and Ajay Mahal. 2008. “ Structural approaches to HIV prevention. ” Lancet 372 ( 9,640 ): 764 – 775. Gupta, Phalguni, John Mellors, Lawrence Kingsley, Sharon Riddler, Mandaleshwar K. Singh, Susanna Schreiber, Michael Cronin, and Charles R. Rinaldo. 1997. “ High viral load in semen of human immunodeficiency virus type 1-infected men at all stages of disease and its reduction by therapy with protease and nonnucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors. ” Journal of Virology 71 ( 8 ): 6,271 – 6,275. Gupta, Sunetra, Connie L. Celum, and Robert M. May. 1989. “ Networks of sexual contacts: Implications for the spread of HIV. ” AIDS 3 ( 12 ): 807 – 817. Halperin, Daniel T. and Robert C. Bailey. 1999. “ Male circumcision and HIV infection: 10 years and counting. ” Lancet 354 ( 9,192 ): 1,813 – 1,815. Halperin, Daniel T. and Helen Epstein. 2004. “ Concurrent sexual partnerships help to explain Africa's high HIV prevalence: Implications for prevention. ” Lancet 364 ( 9,428 ): 4 – 6. Hammer, Scott M., Kathleen E. Squires, Michael D. Hughes, et al. 1997. “ A controlled trial of two nucleoside analogues plus indinavir in persons with human immunodeficiency virus infection and CD4 cell counts of 200 per cubic millimeter or less. ” New England Journal of Medicine 337 ( 11 ): 725 – 733. Haverkos, Harry W. and James W. Curran. 1982. “ The current outbreak of Kaposi's sarcoma and opportunistic infections. ” CA Cancer Journal for Clinicians 32 ( 6 ): 330 – 339. Hayes, Richard and Helen Weiss. 2006. “ Understanding HIV epidemic trends in Africa. ” Science 311 ( 5,761 ): 620 – 621. Hayes, Richard B., Susan M. Kegeles, and Thomas J. Coates. 1990. “ High HIV risk-taking among young gay men. ” AIDS 4 ( 9 ): 901 – 907. Hayes, Richard, Frank Mosha, Angus Nicoll, et al. 1995. “ A community trial of the impact of improved sexually transmitted disease treatment on the HIV epidemic in rural Tanzania: Design. ” AIDS 9 ( 8 ): 919 – 926. Hedlund, James. 2000. “ Risky business: Safety regulations, risk compensation, and individual behavior. ” Injury Prevention 6 ( 2 ): 82 – 90. Hessol, Nancy A., Alan R. Lifson, Paul M. O'Malley, Lynda S. Doll, Harold W. Jaffe, and George W. Rutherford. 1989. “ Prevalence, incidence, and progression of human immunodeficiency virus infection in homosexual and bisexual men in hepatitis B vaccine trials, 1978–1988. ” American Journal of Epidemiology 130 ( 6 ): 1,167 – 1,175. Hethcote, Herbert W. 1976. “ Qualitative analysis of communicable disease models. ” Mathematical Biosciences 28: 335 – 356. Hethcote, Herbert W. and James W. van Ark. 1992. Modeling HIV transmission and AIDS in the United States. Lecture Notes in Biomathematics, volume 95. New York: Springer-Verlag. Holtzman, Deborah, Shayne D. Bland, Amy Lansky, and Karin A. Mack. 2001. “ HIV-related behaviors and perceptions among adults in 25 states: 1997 Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance System. ” American Journal of Public Health 91 ( 11 ): 1,882 – 1,888. Hoover, Donald R., Alvaro Munoz, Vincent Carey, et al. 1991. “ Estimating the 1978–1990 and future spread of human immunodeficiency virus type 1 in subgroups of homosexual men. ” American Journal of Epidemiology 134 ( 10 ): 1,190 – 1,205. Hrdy, Daniel B. 1987. “ Cultural practices contributing to the transmission of human immunodeficiency virus in Africa. ” Review of Infectious Diseases 9 ( 6 ): 1,109 – 1,119. Hunter, David J. 1993. “ AIDS in sub-Saharan Africa: The epidemiology of heterosexual transmission and prospects for prevention. ” Epidemiology 4 ( 1 ): 63 – 72. Jacquez, John A., James S. Koopman, Carl P. Simon, and Ira M. Longini. 1994. “ Role of the primary infection in epidemics of HIV infection in gay cohorts. ” Journal of Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndromes 7 ( 11 ): 1,169 – 1,184. Jacquez, John A., Carl P. Simon, James Koopman, Lisa Sattenspiel, and Timothy Perry. 1988. “ Modeling and analyzing HIV transmission: The effect of contact patterns. ” Mathematical Biosciences 92 ( 2 ) 119 – 199. Jaffe, Harold W., Dennis J. Bregman, and Ira M. Longini. 1983a. “ Acquired immune deficiency syndrome in the United States: The first 1,000 cases. ” Journal of Infectious Diseases 148 ( 2 ): 339 – 345. Jaffe, Harold W., Keewhan Choi, Connie L. Celum, et al. 1983b. “ National case-control study of Kaposi's sarcoma and Pneumocystic carinii pneumonia in homosexual men: Part 1, Epidemiologic results. ” Annals of Internal Medicine 99 ( 2 ): 145 – 151. Jaffe, Harold W., William W. Darrow, Dean F. Echenberg, et al. 1985. “ The acquired immunodeficiency syndrome in a cohort of homosexual men: A six-year follow-up study. ” Annals of Internal Medicine 103 ( 2 ): 210 – 214. Jemmott, John B., Loretta S. Jemmott, and Ira M. Longini. 1992. “ Reductions in HIV risk-associated sexual behaviors among black male adolescents: Effects of an AIDS prevention intervention. ” American Journal of Public Health 82 ( 3 ): 372 – 377. Jochelson, Karen, Monyaola Mothibeli, and Jean-Patrick Leger. 1991. “ Human immunodeficiency virus and migrant labor in South Africa. ” International Journal of Health Services 21 ( 1 ): 157 – 173. Johnson, Anne M. 1988. “ Heterosexual transmission of human immunodeficiency virus. ” British Medical Journal 296 ( 6,628 ): 1,017 – 1,020. Johnson, Anne M. and Marie Laga. 1988. “ Heterosexual transmission of HIV. ” AIDS 2 ( supplement 1 ): s49 – s56. Judson, Franklyn N. 1983. “ Fear of AIDS and gonorrhea rates in homosexual men. ” Lancet 2 ( 8,342 ): 159 – 160. Kamali, A., M. Quigley, J. Nakiyingi, et al. 2003. “ Syndromic management of sexually-transmitted infections and behaviour change interventions on transmission of HIV-1 in rural Uganda: A community randomised trial. ” Lancet 361 ( 9,358 ): 645 – 652. Karon, John M., Patricia L. Fleming, Richard W. Steketee, and Kevin M. De Cock. 2001. “ HIV in the United States at the turn of the century: An epidemic in transition. ” American Journal of Public Health 91 ( 7 ): 1,060 – 1,068. Kaslow, Richard A., Tevfik Dorak, and James Tang. 2005. “ Influence of host genetic variation on susceptibility to HIV Type 1 infection. ” Journal of Infectious Diseases 191 ( supplement 1 ): s68 – s77. Kelly, Jeffrey A., Janet S. St. Lawrence, Yolanda E. Diaz, et al. 1991. “ HIV risk behavior reduction following intervention with key opinion leaders in population: An experimental analysis. ” American Journal of Public Health 81 ( 2 ): 168 – 171. Kermack, W.O. and A.G. McKendrick. 1927. “ A contribution to the mathematical theory of epidemics. ” Proceedings of the Royal Society of London Series A 115 ( 772 ): 700 – 721. Killian, Albert H.D., Simon Gregson, Bannet Ndyanabangi, et al. 1999. “ Reductions in risk behaviour provide the most consistent explanation for declining HIV-1 prevalence in Uganda. ” AIDS 13 ( 3 ): 391 – 398. Kingsley, Lawrence A., Roger Detels, Richard Kaslow, et al. 1987. “ Risk factors for seroconversion to human immunodeficiency virus among male homosexuals. ” Lancet 329 ( 8,529 ): 345 – 348. Kipke, Michael D., Cherrie Boyer, and Karen Hein. 1993. “ An evaluation of an AIDS risk reduction education and skills training (ARREST) program. ” Journal of Adolescent Health 14 ( 7 ): 533 – 539. Koopman, James S., John A. Jacquez, Gavin W. Welch, et al. 1997. “ The role of early HIV infection in the spread of HIV through populations. ” Journal of Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndromes and Human Retrovirology 14 ( 3 ): 249 – 258. Koopman, James, Carl Simon, C. John Jacquez, Jill Joseph, Lisa Sattenspiel, and Taesung Park. 1988. “ Sexual partner selectiveness effects on homosexual HIV transmission dynamics. ” Journal of Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndromes 1 ( 5 ): 486 – 504. Korenromp, Eline L., Carina Van Vliet, Heiner Grosskurth, et al. 2000. “ Model-based evaluation of single-round mass treatment of sexually transmitted diseases for HIV control in a rural African population. ” AIDS 14 ( 5 ): 573 – 593. Kreiss, Joan K. and Ira M. Longini. 1993. “ The association between circumcision status and human immunodeficiency virus infection among homosexual men. ” Journal of Infectious Diseases 168 ( 6 ): 1,404 – 1,408. Kreiss, Joan K., Lynn W. Kitchen, Harry E. Prince, Carol K. Kasper, and Max Essex. 1985. “ Antibody to human T-lymphotropic virus type III in wives of hemophiliacs: Evidence of heterosexual transmission. ” Annals of Internal Medicine 102 ( 5 ): 623 – 626. Kremer, Michael. 1996. “ Integrating behavioral choice into epidemiological models of AIDS. ” Quarterly Journal of Economics 111 ( 2 ): 549 – 573. Kremer, Michael and Charles Morcom. 1998. “ The effect of changing sexual activity on HIV prevalence. ” Mathematical Biosciences 151 ( 1 ): 99 – 122. Kretzschmar, Mirjam and Martina Morris. 1996. “ Measures of concurrency in networks and the spread of infectious disease. ” Mathematical Biosciences 133 ( 2 ): 165 – 195. Ku, Leighton, Michael St. Louis, Carol Farshy, Sevgi Aral, Charles F. Turner, Laura D. Lindberg, and Freya Sonenstein. 2002. “ Risk behaviors, medical care, and chlamydial infection among young men in the United States. ” American Journal of Public Health 92 ( 7 ): 1,140 – 1,143. Ku, Leighton, Freya L. Sonenstein, Laura D. Lindberg, Carolyn H. Bradner, Scott Boggess, and Ira M. Longini. 1998. “ Understanding changes in sexual activity among young metropolitan men: 1979–1995. ” Family Planning Perspectives 30 ( 6 ): 256 – 262. Lagarde, Emmanuel, Bertran Auvert, Michel CaraËl, et al. 2001. “ Concurrent sexual partnerships and HIV prevalence in five urban communities in sub-Saharan Africa. ” AIDS 15 ( 7 ): 877 – 884. Larson, Ann. 1989. “ Social context of human immunodeficiency virus transmission in Africa: Historical and cultural bases of East and Central African sexual relations. ” Review of Infectious Diseases 11 ( 5 ): 716 – 731. Laumann, Edward O., Christopher M. Masi, and Ira M. Longini. 1997. “ Circumcision in the United States: Prevalence, prophylactic effects, and sexual practice. ” Journal of the American Medical Association 277 ( 13 ): 1,052 – 1,057. Laumann, Edward O., Robert T. Michael, and Gina Kolata. 1994. Sex in America: A Definitive Survey. Boston: Little, Brown. Lavreys, Ludo, Joel P. Rakwar, Mary Lou Thompson, et al. 1999. “ Effect of circumcision on incidence of human immunodeficiency virus type 1 and other sexually transmitted diseases: A prospective cohort study of trucking company employees in Kenya. ” Journal of Infectious Diseases 180 ( 2 ): 330 – 336. Law, Matthew G., Garrett Prestage, Andrew Grulich, Paul Van de Ven, and Susan Kippax. 2001. “ Modelling the effect of combination anti-retroviral treatments on HIV incidence. ” AIDS 15 ( 10 ): 1,287 – 1,294. Le Blanc, Marie-Nathalie, Deirdre Meintel, and Victor PichÉ. 1991. “ The African sexual system: Comment on Caldwell et al. ” Population and Development Review 17 ( 3 ): 497 – 505. Leigh, Barbara C., Mark T. Temple, and Ira M. Longini. 1993. “ The sexual behavior of US adults: Results from a national survey. ” American Journal of Public Health 83 ( 10 ): 1,400 – 1,408. Lurie, Peter, Percy Hintzen, and Ira M. Longini. 1995. “ Socioeconomic obstacles to HIV prevention and treatment in developing countries: The roles of the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank. ” AIDS 9 ( 6 ): 539 – 546. Macintyre, Kate, Lisanne Brown, and Stephen Sosler. 2001. “ It's not what you know, but who you know: Examining the relationship between behavior change and AIDS mortality in Africa. ” AIDS Educatoin and Prevention 13 ( 2 ): 160 – 174. Malamba, Samuel S., Hans-Ulrich Wagner, Gillian Maude, Martin Okongo, Andrew J. Nunn, Jane F. Kengeya-Kayondo, and Ira M. Longini. 1994. “ Risk factors for HIV-1 infection in adults in a rural Ugandan community: A case-control study. ” AIDS 8 ( 2 ): 253 – 257. Manhart, Lisa E., Sevgi O. Aral, King K. Holmes, and Betsy Foxman. 2002. “ Sex partner concurrency: Measurement, prevalence, and correlates among urban 18–39-year-olds. ” Sexually Transmitted Diseases 29 ( 3 ): 133 – 143. Martin, John L. 1987. “ The impact of AIDS on gay male sexual behavior patterns in New York City. ” American Journal of Public Health 77 ( 5 ): 578 – 581. Masur, Henry, Mary Ann Michelis, Jeffrey B. Greene, et al. 1981. “ An outbreak of community-acquired Pneumocystis carinii pneumonia: Initial manifestation of cellular immune dysfunction. ” New England Journal of Medicine 305 ( 24 ): 1,431 – 1,438. May, Robert M. and Ira M. Longini. 1987. “ Transmission dynamics of HIV infection. ” Nature 326 ( 6,109 ): 137 – 142. Mayer, Kenneth H., David Ayotte, Jerome E. Groopman, Anne M. Stoddard, Mangalasseril Sarngadharan, and Robert Gallo. 1986. “ Association of human T-lymphotropic virus type III antibodies with sexual and other behaviors in a cohort of homosexual men from Boston with and without generalized lymphadenopathy. ” American Journal of Medicine 80 ( 3 ): 357 – 363. McKusick, Leon, William Horstman, and Ira M. Longini. 1985a. “ AIDS and sexual behavior reported by gay men in San Francisco. ” American Journal of Public Health 75 ( 5 ): 493 – 496. McKusick, Leon, James A. Wiley, Thomas J. Coates, et al. 1985b. “ Reported changes in the sexual behavior of men at risk for AIDS, San Francisco, 1982–84: The AIDS Behavioral Research Project. ” Public Health Reports 100 ( 6 ): 622 – 629. McQuillan, Geraldine M., Deanna Kruszon-Moran, Benny J. Kottiri, et al. 2006. “ Prevalence of HIV in the US household population: The National Health and Nutrition Examination Surveys, 1988 to 2002. ” Journal of Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndromes 41 ( 5 ): 651 – 656. Mehryar, Amir. 1995. “ Condoms: Awareness, attitudes, and use. ” In Sexual Behaviour and AIDS in the Developing World. Eds. John Cleland and BenoÎt Ferry. London: Taylor and Francis. Pp. 124 – 156. Melbye, Mads, Robert J. Biggar, Peter Ebbesen, M.G. Sarngadharan, Stanley H. Weiss, Robert C. Gallo, and Ira M. Longini. 1984. “ Seroepidemiology of HTLV-III antibody in Danish homosexual men: Prevalence, transmission, and disease outcome. ” British Medical Journal 289 ( 6,445 ): 573 – 575. Mensch, Barbara S., Ira M. Longini, and Annabel Erulkar. 2003. “ The reporting of sensitive behavior by adolescents: A methodological experiment in Kenya. ” Demography 40 ( 2 ): 247 – 268. Merson, Michael H., Jeffrey O'Malley, David Serwadda, and Chantawipa Apisuk. 2008. “ The history and challenge of HIV prevention. ” Lancet 372 ( 9,637 ): 475 – 488. Miller, Norman and Ira M. Longini. 1988. AIDS in Africa: The Social and Policy Impact. Lewiston, NY: Edwin Mellen Press. Millett, Gregorio A., John L. Peterson, Richard J. Wolitski, and Ron Stall. 2006. “ Greater risk of HIV infection in black men who have sex with men: A critical literature review. ” American Journal of Public Health 96 ( 6 ): 1,007 – 1,019. Morris, Martina, Mark S. Handcock, William C. Miller, et al. 2006. “ Prevalence of HIV infection among young adults in the United States: Results from the Add Health study. ” American Journal of Public Health 96 ( 6 ): 1,091 – 1,097. Morris, Martina and Mirjam Kretzschmar. 1995. “ Concurrent partnerships and transmission dynamics in networks. ” Social Networks 17 ( 3–4 ): 299 – 318. Morris, Martina and Mirjam Kretzschmar. 1997. “ Concurrent partnerships and the spread of HIV. ” AIDS 11 ( 5 ): 641 – 648. Moses, Stephen, Connie L. Celum, and Ira M. Longini. 1998. “ Male circumcision: Assessment of health benefits and risks. ” Sexually Transmitted Infections 74 ( 5 ): 368 – 373. Moses, Stephen, Janet E. Bradley, Nico J.D. Nagelkerke, Allan R. Ronald, J.O. Ndinya-Achola, and Ira M. Longini. 1990. “ Geographical patterns of male circumcision practices in Africa: Association with HIV seroprevalence. ” International Journal of Epidemiology 19 ( 3 ): 693 – 697. Moss, Andrew R., Dennis Osmond, Peter Bacchetti, Jean-Claude Chermann, FranÇoise BarrÉ-Sinoussi, and James Carlson. 1987. “ Risk factors for AIDS and HIV seropositivity in homosexual men. ” American Journal of Epidemiology 125 ( 6 ): 1,035 – 1,047. Muntaner, Julio S.G., Robert Hogg, Evan Wood, Thomas Kerr, Mark Tyndall, Connie L. Celum, and P. Richard Harrigan. 2006. “ The case for expanding access to highly active antiretroviral therapy to curb the growth of the HIV epidemic. ” Lancet 368 ( 9,534 ): 531 – 536. Nagelkerke, Nico J.D., Prabhat Jha, Sake J. de Vlas, Eline L. Korenromp, Stephen Moses, James F. Blanchard, and Ira M. Longini. 2002. “ Modelling the HIV/AIDS epidemics in Botswana and India: Impact of interventions to prevent transmission. ” Bulletin of the World Health Organization 80 ( 2 ): 89 – 96. Nakashima, Allyn K., Ira M. Longini, Melinda L. Flock, Peter Kilmarx, and Ira M. Longini. 1996. “ Epidemiology of syphilis in the United States, 1941–1993. ” Sexually Transmitted Diseases 23 ( 1 ): 16 – 23. Nelson, Kenrad E., Ira M. Longini, Sakol Eiumtrakol, et al. 1996. “ Changes in sexual behavior and a decline in HIV among young men in Thailand. ” New England Journal of Medicine 335 ( 5 ): 297 – 303. Nicholson, Janet K.A., Steven McDougal, Connie L. Celum, et al. 1985. “ Exposure to human T-lymphotropic virus type III/lymphadenopathy-associated virus and immunologic abnormalities in asymptomatic homosexual men. ” Annals of Internal Medicine 103 ( 1 ): 37 – 42. O'Farrell, Nigel and Matthias Egger. 2000. “ Circumcision in men and the prevention of HIV infection: A ‘meta-analysis’ revisited. ” International Journal of STD and AIDS 11 ( 3 ): 137 – 142. Osoba, A.O. 1981. “ Sexually transmitted diseases in tropical Africa: A review of the present situation. ” British Journal of Venereal Diseases 57 ( 2 ): 89 – 94. Padian, Nancy S. 1987. “ Heterosexual transmission of acquired immunodeficiency syndrome: International perspectives and national projections. ” Review of Infectious Diseases 9 ( 5 ): 947 – 960. Padian, Nancy S., Anne BuvÉ, Jennifer Balkus, David Serwadda, and Ward Cates. 2008. “ Biomedical interventions to prevent HIV infection: Evidence, challenges, and way forward. ” Lancet 372 ( 9,638 ): 585 – 599. Penkower, Lili, Mary A. Dew, Lawrence Kingsley, James T. Becker, Paul Satz, Frederick W. Schaerf, and Kathleen Sheridan. 1991. “ Behavioral, health and psychosocial factors and risk for HIV infection among sexually active homosexual men: The Multicenter AIDS Cohort Study. ” American Journal of Public Health 81 ( 2 ): 194 – 196. Perkins, Diana O., Jane Leserman, Carol Murphy, and Ira M. Longini. 1993. “ Psychosocial predictors of high-risk sexual behavior among HIV-negative homosexual men. ” AIDS Education and Prevention 5 ( 2 ): 141 – 152. Peters, Andy D., Ira M. Longini, and Ira M. Longini. 1994. “ Edinburgh drug users: Are they injecting and sharing less? ” AIDS 8 ( 4 ): 521 – 528. Peterson, John L., Ira M. Longini, Joseph A. Catania, Lee Middleton, Bobby Hilliard, and Norman Hearst. 1992. “ High-risk sexual behavior and condom use among gay and bisexual African-American men. ” American Journal of Public Health 82 ( 11 ): 1,490 – 1,494. Piot, Peter, Michael Bartos, Heidi Larson, Debrework Zewdie, and Purnima Mane. 2008. “ Coming to terms with complexity: A call to action for HIV prevention. ” Lancet 372 ( 9,641 ): 845 – 959. Piot, Peter, Francis A. Plummer, Fred S. Mhalu, Jean-Louis Lamboray, James Chin, and Ira M. Longini. 1988. “ AIDS: An international perspective. ” Science 239 ( 4,840 ): 573 – 579. Piot, Peter, Thomas C. Quinn, Henri Taelman, et al. 1984. “ Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome in a heterosexual population in Zaire. ” Lancet 324 ( 8,394 ): 65 – 69. Plummer, M.L., D.A. Ross, D. Wight, et al. 2004. “ A bit more truthful: The validity of adolescent sexual behaviour data collected in rural Tanzania using five methods. ” Sexually Transmitted Infections 80 ( supplement ii ): ii49 – ii56. Quigley, Maria, Katua Munguti, Heiner Grosskurth, et al. 1997. “ Sexual behaviour patterns and other risk factors for HIV infection in rural Tanzania: A case-control study. ” AIDS 11 ( 2 ): 237 – 248. Quinn, Thomas C., Ira M. Longini, Connie L. Celum, and Peter Piot. 1986. “ AIDS in Africa: An epidemiologic paradigm. ” Science 234 ( 4,779 ): 955 – 963. Quinn, Thomas C., Peter Piot, Connie L. Celum, et al. 1987. “ Serologic and immunologic studies in patients with AIDS in North America and Africa: The potential role of infectious agents as co-factors in human immunodeficiency virus infection. ” Journal of the American Medical Association 257 ( 19 ): 2,617 – 2,621. Quinn, Thomas C., Ira M. Longini, Nelson Sewankambo, et al. 2000. “ Viral load and heterosexual transmission of human immunodeficiency virus type 1. ” New England Journal of Medicine 342 ( 13 ): 921 – 929. Rickert, Vaughn I., Anita Gottlieb, and M. Susan Jay. 1990. “ A comparison of three clinic-based AIDS education programs on female adolescents' knowledge, attitudes, and behavior. ” Journal of Adolescent Health Care 11 ( 4 ): 298 – 303. Robinson, N. Jamie, Daan W. Mulder, Bertran Auvert, and Ira M. Longini. 1995. “ Modelling the impact of alternative HIV intervention strategies in rural Uganda. ” AIDS 9 ( 11 ): 1,263 – 1,270. Sanders, David and Abdulraham Sambo. 1991. “ AIDS in Africa: The implications of economic recession and structural adjustment. ” Health Policy and Planning 6 ( 2 ): 157 – 165. Sarngadharan, M.G., Mikulas Popovic, Lilian Bruch, JÖrg SchÜpbach, and Ira M. Longini. 1984. “ Antibodies reactive with human T-lymphotropic retroviruses (HTLV-III) in the serum of patients with AIDS. ” Science 224 ( 4,648 ): 506 – 508. Schechter, Martin T., Ira M. Longini, Bruce Douglas, et al. 1986. “ The Vancouver Lymphadenopathy-AIDS Study: 6. HIV seroconversion in a cohort of homosexual men. ” Canadian Medical Association Journal 135 ( 12 ): 1,355 – 1,360. Schoenbaum, Ellie E., Diana Hartel, Connie L. Celum, et al. 1989. “ Risk factors for human immunodeficiency virus infection in intravenous drug users. ” New England Journal of Medicine 321 ( 13 ): 874 – 879. Schoepf, Brooke G. 1988. “ Women, AIDS, and economic crisis in Central Africa. ” Canadian Journal of African Studies 22 ( 3 ): 625 – 644. Schoepf, Brooke G. 1993. “ Gender, development, and AIDS: A political economy and culture framework. ” In Women and International Development. Ira M. Longini, A. Ferguson, and J. Harper. Boulder, CO: Westview Press. Pp. 53 – 85. Schoub, B.D., A. Smith, S. Lyons, S. Johnson, D. Martin, G. McGillivray, G. Padayachee, S. Naidoo, E. Fisher, and H. Hurwitz. 1988. “ Epidemiological considerations of the present status and future growth of the AIDS epidemic in South Africa. ” South African Medical Journal 74 ( 2 ): 153 – 157. Seed, Jeff, Susan Allen, Thierry Mertens, et al. 1995. “ Male circumcision, sexually transmitted disease, and risk of HIV. ” Journal of Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndromes and Human Retrovirology 8 ( 1 ): 83 – 90. Siegal, Frederick P., Carlos Lopez, Connie L. Celum, et al. 1981. “ Severe acquired immunodeficiency in male homosexuals, manifested by chronic perianal ulcerative herpes simplex lesions. ” New England Journal of Medicine 305 ( 24 ): 1,439 – 1,444. Simpson, D. Dwayne, Kevin Knight, and Scott Ray. 1993. “ Psychosocial correlates of AIDS-risk drug use and sexual behaviors. ” AIDS Education and Prevention 5 ( 2 ): 121 – 130. Smith, Dawn K., Marta Gwinn, Connie L. Celum, et al. 2000. “ HIV/AIDS among African Americans: Progress or progression? ” AIDS 14 ( 9 ): 1,237 – 1,248. Smith, Kristen P. and Ira M. Longini. 2005. “ Perceptions of risk and strategies for prevention: Responses to HIV/AIDS in rural Malawi. ” Social Science & Medicine 60 ( 3 ): 649 – 660. Sonenstein, Freya L., Leighton Ku, Laura D. Lindberg, Charles F. Turner, and Ira M. Longini. 1998. “ Changes in sexual behavior and condom use among teenaged males: 1988 to 1995. ” American Journal of Public Health 88 ( 6 ): 956 – 959. Sonenstein, Freya L., Ira M. Longini, and Ira M. Longini. 1989. “ Sexual activity, condom use and AIDS awareness among adolescent males. ” Family Planning Perspectives 21 ( 4 ): 152 – 158. St. Lawrence, Janet S., Ira M. Longini, Kennis W. Jefferson, Edna Alleyne, Robert E. O'Brannon, and Aaron Shirley. 1995. “ Cognitive-behavioral intervention to reduce African American adolescents' risk for HIV infection. ” Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology 63 ( 2 ): 221 – 237. Stokes, Joseph P. and Ira M. Longini. 1998. “ Homophobia, self-esteem, and risk for HIV among African American men who have sex with men. ” AIDS Education and Prevention 10 ( 3 ): 278 – 292. Stoneburner, Rand L. and Daniel Low-Beer. 2004. “ Population-level HIV declines and behavioral risk avoidance in Uganda. ” Science 304 ( 5,671 ): 714 – 718. Strecher, Victor J. and Ira M. Longini. 1997. “ The Health Belief Model. ” In Health Behavior and Health Education: Theory, Research, and Practice. Eds. Karen Glanz, Frances M. Lewis, and Ira M. Longini. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Pp. 41 – 59. Sumartojo, Esther. 2000. “ Structural factors in HIV prevention: Concepts, examples, and implications for research. ” AIDS 14 ( supplement 1 ): s3 – s10. Tanfer, Koray, William R. Grady, Daniel H. Klepinger, and John O.G. Billy. 1993. “ Condom use among U.S. men, 1991. ” Family Planning Perspectives 25 ( 2 ): 61 – 66. Tawil, Oussama, Annette Verster, and Ira M. Longini. 1995. “ Enabling approaches for HIV/AIDS prevention: Can we modify the environment and minimize the risk? ” AIDS 9 ( 12 ): 1,299 – 1,306. Taylor, Shelley E., Ira M. Longini, Lisa G. Aspinwall, Stephen G. Schneider, Richard Rodriguez, and Mark Herbert. 1992. “ Optimism, coping, psychological distress, and high-risk sexual behavior among men at risk for acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS). ” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology. 63 ( 3 ): 460 – 473. Ulin, Priscilla R. 1992. “ African women and AIDS: Negotiating behavioral change. ” Social Science & Medicine 34 ( 1 ): 63 – 73. UNAIDS. 2007. New Data on Male Circumcision and HIV Prevention: Policy and Programme Implications (WHO/UNAIDS Technical Consultation). Geneva: UNAIDS. UNAIDS. 2007. 2008. 2008 Report on the Global AIDS Epidemic. Geneva: UNAIDS. Urassa, Marc, James Todd, J. Ties Boerma, Richard Hayes, and Raphael Isingo. 1997. “ Male circumcision and susceptibility to HIV infection among men in Tanzania. ” AIDS 11 ( 1 ): 73 – 80. Valdiserri, Ronald O. 1989. Preventing AIDS: The Design of Effective Programs. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press. Van de Perre, Philippe, Dominique Rouvroy, Philippe Lepage, et al. 1984. “ Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome in Rwanda. ” Lancet 324 ( 8,394 ): 62 – 65. van Griensven, Godfried J.P., Ira M. Longini, Connie L. Celum, et al. 1993. “ Epidemiology of human immunodeficiency virus type 1 infection among homosexual men participating in hepatitis B vaccine trials in Amsterdam, New York City, and San Francisco, 1978–1990. ” American Journal of Epidemiology 137 ( 8 ): 909 – 915. Vernazza, Pietro L., Ira M. Longini, John Dyer, Susan A. Fiscus, Joseph J. Eron, Andreas C. Frank, and Ira M. Longini. 1997. “ Quantification of HIV in semen: Correlation with antiviral treatment and immune status. ” AIDS 11 ( 8 ): 987 – 993. Vlahov, David, Alvaro MuÑoz, James C. Anthony, Sylvia Cohn, David D. Celentano, and Ira M. Longini. 1990. “ Association of drug injection patterns with antibody to human immunodeficiency virus type 1 among intravenous drug users in Baltimore, Maryland. ” American Journal of Epidemiology 132 ( 5 ): 847 – 856. Wald, Anna. 2004. “ Synergistic interactions between herpes simplex virus type-2 and human immunodeficiency virus epidemics. ” Herpes 11 ( 3 ): 70 – 76. Wasserheit, Judith N. 1992. “ Epidemiological synergy: Interrelationships between human immunodeficiency virus infection and other sexually transmitted diseases. ” Sexually Transmitted Diseases 19 ( 2 ): 61 – 77. Watkins, Susan C. 2004. “ Navigating the AIDS epidemic in rural Malawi. ” Population and Development Review 30 ( 4 ): 673 – 705. Watts, Charlotte H. and Ira M. Longini. 1992. “ The influence of concurrent partnerships on the dynamics of HIV/AIDS. ” Mathematical Biosciences 108 ( 1 ): 89 – 104. Wawer, Maria J., Ira M. Longini, David Serwadda, et al. 1999. “ Control of sexually transmitted diseases for AIDS prevention in Uganda: A randomised community trial. ” Lancet 353 ( 9,152 ): 525 – 535. Weber, J.N., A. McCreaner, E. Berrie, J. Wadsworth, D.J. Jeffries, A.J. Pinching, and J.R.W. Harris. 1986. “ Factors affecting seropositivity to human T-cell lymphotropic virus type III (HTLV-III) or lymph-adenopathy associated virus (LAV) and progression of disease in sexual partners of patients with AIDS. ” Genitourinary Medicine 62 ( 3 ): 177 – 180. Weiss, Helen A., Ira M. Longini, and Ira M. Longini. 2000. “ Male circumcision and risk of HIV infection in sub-Saharan Africa: A systematic review and meta-analysis. ” AIDS 14 ( 15 ): 2,361 – 2,370. Weller, I.V.D., D.J. Hindley, M.W. Adler, and J.T. Meldrum. 1984. “ Gonorrhea in homosexual men and media coverage of the acquired immune deficiency syndrome in London, 1982–3. ” British Medical Journal 289 ( 6,451 ): 1,041. William, Daniel C. 1984. “ The prevention of AIDS by modifying sexual behavior. ” Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 437: 283 – 285. Williams, Brian G. and Eleanor Gouws. 2001. “ The epidemiology of human immunodeficiency virus in South Africa. ” Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London Series B 356 ( 1,411 ): 1,077 – 1,086. Williams, Brian G., Ira M. Longini, Eleanor Gouws, et al. 2006. “ The potential impact of male circumcision on HIV in sub-Saharan Africa. ” PLoS Medicine 3 ( 7 ): 1,032 – 1,040. Winkelstein, Warren, David M. Lyman, Nancy Padian, et al. 1987. “ Sexual practicies and risk of infection by the human immunodeficiency virus: The San Francisco Men's Health Study. ” Journal of the American Medical Association 257 ( 3 ): 321 – 325. World Bank. 1997. Confronting AIDS: Public Priorities in a Global Epidemic. New York: Oxford University Press. Zwi, Anthony and Deborah Bachmayer. 1990. “ HIV and AIDS in South Africa: What is an appropriate public health response? ” Health Policy and Planning 5 ( 4 ): 316 – 326. Zwi, Anthony B. and Ira M. Longini. 1991. “ Identifying ‘high risk situations’ for preventing AIDS. ” British Medical Journal 303 ( 6,816 ): 1,527 – 1,529. © 2009 The Population Council, Inc. 748764 bytes 3109 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Blackwell Publishing Ltd

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/505282021-07-30T01:14:15Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_60161col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_49331col_2027.42_78545

Using a Structural Retirement Model to Simulate the Effects of Changes to the OASDI and Medicare Programs Bound, John Stinebrickner, Todd R. Waidman, Timothy A. MRRC NBER University of Western Ontario Urban Institute Ann Arbor Population and Demography Social Sciences In this paper, we specify a dynamic programming model that addresses the interplay among health, financial resources, and the labor market behavior of men in the later part of their working lives. The model is estimated using data from the Health and Retirement Study. We use the model to simulate the impact on behavior of raising the normal retirement age, eliminating early retirement altogether and introducing universal health insurance. Social Security Administration http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/50528/1/wp091.pdf 2007-04-24T20:38:25Z 2007-04-24T20:38:25Z 2004-10 Working Paper https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/50528 en_US WP 2004-091 933225 bytes application/pdf application/pdf Michigan Retirement Research Center, University of Michigan, P.O. Box 1248, Ann Arbor, MI 48104

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/505962021-07-30T01:15:07Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_60161col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_49331col_2027.42_78545

The Welfare Implications of Increasing DI Benefit Generosity Bound, John Cullen, Julie Berry Nichols, Austin Schmidt, Lucie MRRC Williams College NBER Ann Arbor Population and Demography Social Sciences The empirical literature on DI has primarily focused on the impact of program parameters on caseload growth or reduced labor force attachment. The focus on the efficiency costs of DI provides a misleading view of the social desirability of the program itself and of the adequacy of benefit levels. In order to provide a more comprehensive view, we develop a framework that allows us to simulate the benefits as well as the costs associated with a marginal increase in benefit generosity using a representative crosssectional sample of the population. Using the 1991 March CPS, we estimate the total cost of providing an additional $1 of income to current DI recipients to be $1.42. While the load factor due to moral hazard is fairly high, we demonstrate that it is moderate enough that representative workers should be willing to "buy" additional insurance through reduced take-home pay at this price. The reform looks less attractive, however, once the financial benefits and costs are distributed across individuals in the sample. Fist, the average implicit price of an additional dollar of insurance is actually much higher than $1.42 for all but the least educated category of workers due to the redistribute nature of the program. We predict that the reform leads to a net welfare loss for these more highly educated groups, regardless of the level of risk aversion. Second, despite an average implicit price of less than $1, the expected utility gain also turns negative for high school dropouts under high levels of risk aversion. Second, despite an average implicit price of less than $1, the expected utility gain also turns negative for high school dropouts under high levels of risk aversion. This counterintuitive finding arises since the utility calculation weighs low income individuals more heavily as risk aversion increases and individuals with income below the floor provided to current DI recipients help to finance the benefit increase. Social Security http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/50596/1/wp024.pdf 2007-04-26T14:19:40Z 2007-04-26T14:19:40Z 2002-07 Working Paper https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/50596 en_US WP 2002-024 684558 bytes application/pdf application/pdf Michigan Retirement Research Center, University of Michigan, P.O. Box 1248, Ann Arbor, MI 48104

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/298682021-07-30T01:15:56Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_117532col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78414col_2027.42_78545

The influence of parental resources on the timing of the transition to marriage Axinn, William G. Thornton, Arland Population Research Center, The University of Michigan, USA; Institute for Social Research, Department of Sociology, The University of Michigan, USA. Department of Sociology, The University of Chicago, USA; Population Research Center, The University of Chicago, USA. Social Sciences (General) Social Sciences This paper studies the relationship of parental resources to the marital transitions of children. It extends past research by explicitly distinguishing various dimensions of parental resources and by taking parental preferences directly into account. We test models in which parental resources have additive effects on the timing of marriage and models in which parental resources interact with parents' preferences for the timing of their children's marriages. The analysis shows that both parental financial resources and parental education influence children's marital behavior. Our analysis also demonstrates that parental preferences for their children's age at marriage do matter, but that this influence weakens as the children grow older. Finally, the analysis indicates that the effects of parent's financial resources interact with parent's preferences to affect the timing of their children's transitions to marriage. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/29868/1/0000216.pdf 2006-04-10T15:05:56Z 2006-04-10T15:05:56Z 1992-09 Article Axinn, William G., Thornton, Arland (1992/09)."The influence of parental resources on the timing of the transition to marriage." Social Science Research 21(3): 261-285. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/29868> http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/B6WX8-4D5W3FV-2G/2/df9682b2fe4e3e8c0207924a54eafc21 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/29868 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0049-089X(92)90008-5 Social Science Research en_US IndexNoFollow 1644908 bytes 3118 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Elsevier

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/435092021-07-30T01:16:16Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78414col_2027.42_78545

Environmental Effects on Family Size Preferences and Subsequent Reproductive Behavior in Nepal Biddlecom, Ann E. Axinn, William G. Barber, Jennifer S. University of Michigan, USA University of Michigan, USA The Alan Guttmacher Institute, 120 Wall Street, 21st Floor, New York, New York, 10005, USA Ann Arbor Geography Demography Population Economics Sociology Environment Fertility Nepal Community & Environmental Psychology Public Health/Gesundheitswesen Population and Demography Ecology and Evolutionary Biology Science Social Sciences This study investigates the relationship between environmental degradation and men and women’s family size preferences and subsequent reproductive behaviors in Nepal. We draw on unique environmental data at the local level, household and individual-level survey data and individuals reproductive behavior over a 3 year time period in Western Chitwan Valley, Nepal. Results from Ordinary Least Squares (OLS) and logistic regression models show that poorer environmental quality and greater reliance on publicly owned natural resources are associated with higher family size preferences and higher rates of pregnancy. The analyses provide support for the “vicious circle” argument that environmental degradation can lead to rising population growth via positive effects on fertility. As environmental conditions decline and when households rely on public lands for natural resources, men and women desire larger family sizes and women are more likely to get pregnant in the near future. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/43509/1/11111_2005_Article_1874.pdf 2006-09-08T21:31:06Z 2006-09-08T21:31:06Z 2005-01 Article Biddlecom, Ann E.; Axinn, William G.; Barber, Jennifer S.; (2005). "Environmental Effects on Family Size Preferences and Subsequent Reproductive Behavior in Nepal." Population and Environment 26(3): 583-621. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/43509> 0199-0039 1573-7810 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/43509 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s11111-005-1874-9 Population and Environment en_US 221090 bytes 3115 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Kluwer Academic Publishers-Plenum Publishers; Springer Science+Business Media, Inc.

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/604372021-07-30T01:17:13Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57738col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565

Immigrant Parents, Ethnic Children, and Family Formation in the Early Prairie West Sylvester, Kenneth M. Inter-university Consortium for Political and Social Research Ann Arbor Ethnicity Immigrants Land Use Statistics and Numeric Data Social Sciences Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/60437/1/Sylvester.immigrant parents.pdf 2008-07-28T19:47:22Z 2008-07-28T19:47:22Z 2003 Article Canadian Historical Review, vol.84, no.4, December 2003, 585-612 <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/60437> https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/60437 en_US 171544 bytes application/pdf application/pdf University of Toronto Press, Inc.

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/713972021-07-30T01:55:34Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78414col_2027.42_78545

Attitudes of pregnant women towards participation in perinatal epidemiological research Nechuta, Sarah Mudd, Lanay M. Biery, Lynette Elliott, Michael R. Lepkowski, James M. Paneth, Nigel Institute for Health Care Studies, Michigan State University, East Lansing, MI, Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI, USA Departments of Epidemiology, and Pediatrics and Human Development, College of Human Medicine, Department of Kinesiology, College of Education, and Department of Biostatistics, School of Public Health, and Pilot National Children's Study Refusal Rate Maternal Education Pediatrics Health Sciences Nechuta S, Mudd LM, Biery L, Elliott MR, Lepkowski JM, Paneth N, Michigan Alliance for the National Children's Study. Attitudes of pregnant women towards participation in perinatal epidemiological research. Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology 2009. We assessed attitudes of a multi-ethnic sample of pregnant women in regard to participation in five data collection procedures planned for use in the National Children's Study. A cross-sectional survey was conducted in nine prenatal clinics in Kent County, Michigan between April and October 2006. Women were approached in clinic waiting rooms at the time of their first prenatal visit and 311 (91.0%) participated. Women were asked about their willingness to participate, and the smallest amount of compensation required for participation in a 45-min in-person interview, a 15-min telephone interview, maternal and infant medical record abstraction, and an infant physical examination. Percentages for willingness to participate were highest for telephone interview (83%), followed by in-person interview (60%), infant examination (57%), and maternal (56%) and infant medical records (54%). About 34–48% of women reported that no compensation would be required for participation by data procedure. Some women reported unwillingness to participate in telephone (9%) or personal (17%) interview, record abstraction (34%) or infant examination (26%), even with compensation. Education greater than high school was associated with increased odds of refusal for infant physical examination, adjusted odds ratio 2.44 [95% confidence interval 1.41, 4.23]. In conclusion, 9–34% of pregnant women, depending on procedure, stated they would not participate in non-invasive research procedures such as medical record abstraction and infant examination, even with compensation. Resistance to these research procedures was especially noted among more highly educated women. Planning for the National Children's Study will have to address potential resistance to research among pregnant women. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/71397/1/j.1365-3016.2009.01058.x.pdf 2010-06-01T18:11:09Z 2010-06-01T18:11:09Z 2009-09 Article Nechuta, Sarah; Mudd, Lanay M.; Biery, Lynette; Elliott, Michael R.; Lepkowski, James M.; Paneth, Nigel (2009). "Attitudes of pregnant women towards participation in perinatal epidemiological research." Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology 23(5): 424-430. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/71397> 0269-5022 1365-3016 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/71397 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/sites/entrez?cmd=retrieve&db=pubmed&list_uids=19689493&dopt=citation 19689493 10.1111/j.1365-3016.2009.01058.x Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology Schuz J. Non-response bias as a likely cause of the association between young maternal age at the time of delivery and the risk of cancer in the offspring. Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology 2003; 17: 106 – 112. Daniels JL, Savitz DA, Bradley C, Dole N, Evenson KR, Eucker B, et al. Attitudes toward participation in a pregnancy and child cohort study. Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology 2006; 20: 260 – 266. Trauth JM, Musa D, Siminoff L, Jewell IK, Ricci E. Public attitudes regarding willingness to participate in medical research studies. Journal of Health and Social Policy 2000; 12: 23 – 43. Comis RL, Miller JD, Aldige CR, Krebs L, Stoval E. Public attitudes toward participation in cancer clinical trials. Journal of Clinical Oncology 2003; 21: 830 – 835. Shavers VL, Lynch CF, Burmeister LF. Racial differences in factors that influence the willingness to participate in medical research studies. Annals of Epidemiology 2002; 12: 248 – 256. Katz RV, Kegeles SS, Kressin NR, Green BL, Wang MQ, James SA, et al. The Tuskegee Legacy Project: willingness of minorities to participate in biomedical research. Journal of Health Care for the Poor and Underserved 2006; 17: 698 – 715. Maayan-Metzger A, Kedem-Friedrich P, Kuint J. Motivations of mothers to enroll their newborn infants in general clinical research on well-infant care and development. Pediatrics 2008; 121: e590 – e596. Rodger MA, Makropoulos D, Walker M, Keely E, Karovitch A, Wells PS. Participation of pregnant women in clinical trials: will they participate and why? American Journal of Perinatology 2003; 20: 69 – 76. Neidich AB, Joseph JW, Ober C, Ross LF. Empirical data about women's attitudes towards a hypothetical pediatric biobank. American Journal of Medical Genetics. Part A 2008; 146: 297 – 304. Jorgensen FS. Attitudes to prenatal screening, diagnosis and research among pregnant women who accept or decline an alpha-fetoprotein test. Prenatal Diagnosis 1995; 15: 419 – 429. Kettis-Lindblad A, Ring L, Viberth E, Hansson MG. Genetic research and donation of tissue samples to biobanks. What do potential sample donors in the Swedish general public think? European Journal of Public Health 2006; 16: 433 – 440. Landrigan PJ, Trasande L, Thorpe LE, Gwynn C, Lioy PJ, D'Alton ME, et al. The National Children's Study: a 21-year prospective study of 100,000 American children. Pediatrics 2006; 118: 2173 – 2186. Lyman WD, Barone C, Castle V, Davies HD, Stanton B, Paneth N. Making the National Children's Study a real partnership with academic pediatrics. Journal of Pediatrics 2005; 147: 563 – 564. Mudd LM, Pham X, Nechuta S, Elliott MR, Lepkowski JM, Paneth N. Prenatal care and delivery room staff attitudes toward research and the National Children's Study. Maternal and Child Health Journal 2008; 12: 684 – 691. Lamvu G, Lorenz C, Jonsson Funk M, Makarushka C, Hartmann K, Savitz D. Racial differences among reasons for participating in research of pregnancy outcomes: the right from the start experience. Gender Medicine 2005; 2: 166 – 173. Coogan PF, Rosenberg L. Impact of a financial incentive on case and control participation in a telephone interview. American Journal of Epidemiology 2004; 160: 295 – 298. Promislow JH, Makarushka CM, Gorman JR, Howards PP, Savitz DA, Hartmann KE. Recruitment for a community-based study of early pregnancy: the Right from the Start study. Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology 2004; 18: 143 – 152. 18  Michigan Department of Community Health. Vital Records and Health Data Development Section. Michigan 2006 Resident Birth files. http://www.mdch.state.mi.us/pha/osr/CHI/Births/frame.html [last accessed 19 May 2009]. Sawyer SM, Cerritelli B, Carter LS, Cooke M, Glazner JA, Massie J. Changing their minds with time: a comparison of hypothetical and actual reproductive behaviors in parents of children with cystic fibrosis. Pediatrics 2006; 118: e649 – e656. Chen CH, Chi CS. Maternal intention and actual behavior in infant feeding at one month postpartum. Acta Paediatrica Taiwanica 2003; 44: 140 – 144. © 2009 Blackwell Publishing Ltd 90630 bytes 3109 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Blackwell Publishing Ltd

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/434952021-07-30T01:56:18Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_117532col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78414col_2027.42_78545

The Impact of Community Context on Land Use in an Agricultural Society Axinn, William G. Bhandari, Prem Chhetri, Netra B. Shivakoti, Ganesh P. Population Studies Center University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI, 48107-2590 Agricultural and Natural Resource Economics, School of Environment, Resource and Development, Asian Institute of Technology, Klong Luang, Pathumthani, 12120, Thailand Tribhuvan University, Thailand Pennsylvania State University, USA Ann Arbor Social Sciences, General Public Health/Gesundheitswesen Sociology Community & Environmental Psychology Population Economics Population and Demography Ecology and Evolutionary Biology Social Sciences Science As an initial step toward new models of the population-environment relationship, this paper explores the relationship between community context and local land use in an agricultural setting. In this type of setting, we argue that aspects of the community context, such as schools and transportation infrastructure, impact important environmental characteristics, such as land use. We provide hypotheses which explain the mechanisms producing these effects. We then use data from a study of 132 communities in rural Nepal to test our hypotheses. These analyses show that community characteristics are strongly associated with land use in this agricultural setting. The results point toward changes in communities as critical determinants of environmental quality. These findings are consistent with the notion that changes in community contexts may also condition the population-environment relationship. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/43495/1/11111_2004_Article_414497.pdf 2006-09-08T21:30:15Z 2006-09-08T21:30:15Z 1999-01 Article Shivakoti, Ganesh P.; Axinn, William G.; Bhandari, Prem; Chhetri, Netra B.; (1999). "The Impact of Community Context on Land Use in an Agricultural Society." Population and Environment 20(3): 191-213. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/43495> 1573-7810 0199-0039 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/43495 http://dx.doi.org/10.1023/A:1023398907307 Population and Environment en_US 1578190 bytes 3115 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Kluwer Academic Publishers-Plenum Publishers; Human Sciences Press, Inc. ; Springer Science+Business Media

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/677932021-10-05T21:58:33Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78545

Participation in the 1990 Decennial Census Couper, Mick Singer, Eleanor Kulka, Richard A. University of Michigan University of Michigan Research Triangle Institute Political Science Social Sciences Theoretical perspectives on survey participation suggest that survey participation is a form of community involvement, reflecting a sense of civic obligation that also motivates such behavior as voting, serving on juries, and paying taxes. Using data from the Survey of Census Participation (SCP), we investigate this hypothesis with respect to mail response to the 1990 census. We examine such motivating factors as structural and attitudinal measures of alienation as well as more proximal measures of knowledge of and attitudes toward the census and concerns about privacy and confidentiality. We also examine a variety of constraining factors, including literacy, facility with the English language, and available time to complete the form. Using multivariate analysis, we explore the relative effects of these factors on the likelihood of returning the completed census form by mail and discuss the implications of our findings for participation in the census and political participation more generally. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/67793/2/10.1177_1532673X9802600104.pdf 2010-04-13T19:49:00Z 2010-04-13T19:49:00Z 1998 Article Couper, Mick; Singer, Eleanor; Kulka, Richard (1998). "Participation in the 1990 Decennial Census." American Politics Research 26(1): 59-80. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/67793> 1532-673X https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/67793 10.1177/1532673X9802600104 American Politics Research Abramson, P.R. (1983). Political attitudes in America. New York: Freeman. Abramson, P.R., & Aldrich, J.H. (1982). The decline of electoral participation in America. American Political Science Review, 76, 502-521. Bennett, S.E., & Bennett, L.L.M. (1986). Political participation. In S. Long (Ed.), Annual review of political science (Vol. 1, pp. 157-204). Norwood, NJ: Ablex. Campbell, A., Converse, P., Stokes, D., & Miller, W. (1960). The American Voter. New York : John Wiley. Chen, K. (1992). Political alienation and voting turnout in the United States, 1960-1988. San Francisco: Mellen Research University Press. Childers, D.R. (1993). The impact of type of address on housing coverage (Housing Unit Coverage Study Memorandum No. 5. Washington, DC: U.S. Bureau of the Census. Christoffersen, M.N. (1987). The educational bias of mail questionnaires. Journal of Official Statistics, 3, 459-464. Conway, M.M. (1991). Political participation in the United States (2nd ed.). Washington, DC: Congressional Quarterly. Couper, M.P., & Groves, R.M. (1996). Household-level determinants of survey nonresponse. In M. Braverman (Ed.), Advances in survey research: New directions for evaluation. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Couper, M.P., Mathiowetz, N.A., & Singer, E. (1995). Related households, mail handling, and returns to the 1990 census. International Journal of Public Opinion Research, 7, 172-177. Cumming, E. (1961). Growing old: The process of disengagement. New York: Basic Books. Dillman, D.A. (1991). The design and administration of mail surveys. Annual Review of Sociology, 17, 225-249. Dillman, D.A., Sinclair, M.D., & Clark, J.R. (1993). Effects of questionnaire length, respondent-friendly design, and a difficult question on response rates for occupant-addressed census mail surveys. Public Opinion Quarterly, 57, 289-304. Edmonston, B., & Schultze, C. (Eds.). (1995). Modernizing the U.S. census. Washington, DC: National Academy Press. Fay, R.L., Bates, N., & Moore, J. (1991). Lower mail response in the 1990 census: A preliminary interpretation. In Proceedings of the Bureau of the Census annual research conference (pp. 3-32). Washington, DC : U.S. Bureau of the Census. Galtung, J. (1978). Peace and social structure. Copenhagen, Denmark: Christian Ejlers. Gerber, E.R., & Bates, N. (1994). Respondents' understanding of residence terminology in cognitive research and in the Living Situation Survey. In Proceedings of the Bureau of the Census annual research conference and CASIC technologies interchange (pp. 434-448). Washington, DC: U.S. Bureau of the Census. Gergen, K.J., & Back, K.W. (1966). Communication in the interview and the disengaged respondent. Public Openion Quarterly, 30, 385-298. Glenn, N.D. (1969). Aging, disengagement, and opinionation. Public Opinion Quarterly, 33, 17-33. Glenn, N.D., & Grimes, M. (1968). Aging, voting, and political interest. American Sociological Review, 33, 563-575. Goyder, J., & Leiper, J.M. (1985). The decline in survey response: A social values interpretation. Sociology, 19(1), 55-71. Groves, R.M., Cialdini, R.B., & Couper, M.P. (1992). Understanding the decision to participate in a survey. Public Opinion Quarterly, 56, 475-495. Herring, C., House, J.S., & Mero, R.P. (1991). Racially based changes in political alienation in America. Social Science Quarterly, 72, 123-134. Jennings, M.K., & Markus, G.B. (1988). Political involvement in later years: A longitudinal survey. American Journal of Political Science, 32, 302-316. Kahn, J.R., & Mason, W.M. (1987). Political alienation, cohort size, and the easterlin hypothesis. American Sociological Review, 52, 155-169. Keller, J.K. (1991). 1990 census mail response: An examination of causal relations at the county level using regression analysis. In Proceedings of the American Statistical Association, government statistics section. Alexandria, VA: American Statistical Association. Kirsch, I.S., Jungeblut, A., Jenkins, L., & Kostad, A. (1993). Adult literacy in America. Washington, DC: National Center for Education Statistics. Knack, S. (1992). Civic norms, social sanctions, and voter turnout. Rationality and Society, 4, 133-156. Kulka, R.A., Holt, N.A., Carter, W., & Dowd, K.L. (1991). Self-reports of time pressures, concerns for privacy, and participation in the 1990 mail census. In Proceedings of the Bureau of the Census annual research conference (pp. 33-54). Washington, DC: U.S. Bureau of the Census. Lessler, J.T., & Holt, M. (1987). Using response protocols to identify problems in the U.S. Census long form. In Proceedings of the survey research methods section (pp. 262-266). Alexandria, VA: American Statistical Association. Mathiowetz, N.A., Couper, M.P., & Singer, E. (1994). Where does all the mail go? Mail receipt and handling in U.S. households (Survey Methodology Program Working Paper No. 25. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan, Survey Research Center. Mathiowetz, N.A., De Maio, T.J., & Martin, E.A. (1991, May). Political alienation, voter registration and the 1990 census. Paper presented at the annual conference of the American Association for Public Opinion Research, Phoenix, AZ. Milbrath, L.W., & Goel, M.L. (1977). Political participation (2nd ed.). Chicago: Rand Mc Nally. Miller, A.H., & Borrelli, S.A. (1991). Confidence in government during the 1980s. American Politics Quarterly, 19(2), 147-173. Nownes, A.J. (1992). Primaries, general elections, and voter turnout: A multinomial logit model of the decision to vote. American Politics Quarterly, 20(2), 205-226. Putnam, R.D. (1995a). Bowling alone: America's declining social capital. Journal of Democracy, 6, 65-78. Putnam, R.D. (1995b). Tuning in, tuning out: The strange disappearance of social capital in America. Political Science and Politics, 28(4), 664-683. Rosenstone, S.J., & Hansen, J.M. (1993). Mobilization, participation, and democracy in America. New York: Macmillan. Rothwell, N.D. (1985). Laboratory and field response research studies for the 1980 census of population in the United States. Journal of Official Statistics, 1, 137-157. Schor, J.B. (1991). The overworked American. New York: Basic Books. Seeman, M. (1959). On the meaning of alienation. American Sociological Review, 24, 783-791. Shah, B. V, Barnwell, B.G., Hunt, P.N., & La Vange, L.M. (1993). SUDAAN user's manual, release 6.34. Research Triangle Park, NC: Research Triangle Institute. Singer, E., Mathiowetz, N.A., & Couper, M.P. (1993). The impact of privacy and confidentiality concerns on survey participation: The case of the 1990 census. Public Opinion Quarterly, 57, 465-482. Southwell, P.L. (1985). Alienation and nonvoting in the United States: A refined operationalization. Western Political Quarterly, 38, 663-674. Steffey, D. L., & Bradburn, N. M. (Eds.). (1994). Counting people in the information age. Washington, DC: National Academy Press. U.S. General Accounting Office. (1992). Decennial census: 1990 results show need for fundamental reform (GAO/GGD-92-94. Washington, DC: U.S. General Accounting Office. Uslaner, E.M. (1995, September). Faith, hope, and charity: Social capital, trust and collective action. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the American Political Science Association, Chicago, IL. Wolfinger, R.E., & Rosenstone, S.J. (1980). Who votes? New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. 3108 bytes 1043207 bytes text/plain application/pdf application/pdf Sage Publications

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/444842021-07-30T01:58:04Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_51534col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78414col_2027.42_78545

Family organization and the wage labor transition in a Tamang community of Nepal Dahal, Dilli R. Fricke, Thomas E. Thornton, Arland Institute for Social Research, Department of Anthropology and Population Studies Center, the University of Michigan, 48106, Ann Arbor, Michigan Institute for Social Research, Department of Sociology and Population Studies Center, The University of Michigan, 48106, Ann Arbor, Michigan Center for Nepal and Asian Studies, Department of Sociology and Anthropology, Tribhuvan University, Kathmandu, Nepal Ann Arbor Nepal Environmental Management Life-course Transitions Family Sociology Social Sciences, General Anthropology/Archaeometry Household Gender Monetization Tamang Ecology and Evolutionary Biology Science This paper explores familial contexts of transition to a wage labor economy using ethnographic and survey data from Tamang communities at the northern edge of Nepal's Kathmandu Valley. Historically agro-pastoralist, the Tamang of this area have experienced social watersheds drawing them into ever closer relationships with Kathmandu. The earliest was their nineteenth century induction into corvée labor for national elites; more recent has been the accelerating monetization of the twentieth century. This analysis demonstrates trends and frames hypotheses about the social structuring of this latest process, testing them at the individual level with combined ethnographic and survey data from 1028 respondents. Multivariate analyses explore the effects of birth cohort, education, domestic group status, and settlement location on participation in non-family organized wage work. Substantive findings are related to the broader historical literature on household and family with special attention to varieties of subsistence to monetized transition . Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/44484/1/10745_2004_Article_BF00889157.pdf 2006-09-11T14:52:17Z 2006-09-11T14:52:17Z 1990-09 Article Fricke, Thomas E.; Thornton, Arland; Dahal, Dilli R.; (1990). "Family organization and the wage labor transition in a Tamang community of Nepal." Human Ecology 18(3): 283-313. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/44484> 1572-9915 0300-7839 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/44484 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/BF00889157 Human Ecology en_US 1744979 bytes 3115 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Kluwer Academic Publishers-Plenum Publishers; Plenum Publishing Corporation ; Springer Science+Business Media

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/251782021-07-30T01:58:25Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78367col_2027.42_78414col_2027.42_78545

Health practices, risk factors, and chronic disease in Tecumseh Metzner, Helen Low Carman, Wendy J. House, James S. Department of Epidemiology, School of Public Health, University of Michigan, 109 Observatory Street, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109, USA Department of Epidemiology, School of Public Health, University of Michigan, 109 Observatory Street, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109, USA Departments of Sociology, Epidemiology, and Survey Research Center, University of Michigan, 109 Observatory Street, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109, USA Public Health Health Sciences Seven health practices previously found to be associated with a self-report index of good health and with lower mortality in the Alameda County studies were related to several measures of health in a cohort of 880 men and 973 women, ages 35-69, who were participants in the Tecumseh Community Health Study. The health measures were prevalence of three diagnoses--coronary heart disease (CHD), hypertension, and chronic bronchitis--and levels of five risk factors--systolic and diastolic blood pressures, serum total cholesterol, blood glucose, and FEV1. Four of the practices--desirable relative weight, physical activity, never having smoked, and moderate or no alcohol drinking--were associated significantly with one or more of the health measures. Eating breakfast, limited between-meal eating, and sleeping 7 or 8 hr were not related to the health measures. Combining all seven health practices into an index produced a measure that was more strongly associated negatively with CHD prevalence than was any one of the component practices. However, the index was no more strongly associated with any of the other health measures than were the relevant separate practices. Desirable weight was more highly associated (negatively) with hypertension and blood pressure than the index was, as was never having smoked with chronic bronchitis (negatively) and FEV1 (positively). Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/25178/1/0000617.pdf 2006-04-07T18:41:00Z 2006-04-07T18:41:00Z 1983-07 Article Metzner, Helen L., Carman, Wendy J., House, James (1983/07)."Health practices, risk factors, and chronic disease in Tecumseh." Preventive Medicine 12(4): 491-507. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/25178> http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/B6WPG-4BNG49J-4V/2/bec592ef614338babb243418e4187281 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/sites/entrez?cmd=retrieve&db=pubmed&list_uids=6622434&dopt=citation https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/25178 6622434 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0091-7435(83)90204-9 Preventive Medicine en_US IndexNoFollow 1116860 bytes 3118 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Elsevier

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/574242021-07-30T01:59:48Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_58620col_2027.42_78415col_2027.42_78545

Current Status Regression Murphy, Susan A. van der Vaart, A. W. Wellner, J. A. Department of Statistics Survey Research Center Department of Psychiatry Faculty of Sciences, Free University of Amsterdam Department of Statistics, University of Washington Ann Arbor SRC - Survey Research Center Social Sciences (General) Social Sciences Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/57424/2/Current Status Regression 1999.pdf 2007-12-06T19:25:53Z 2007-12-06T19:25:53Z 1999 Article Mathematical Methods of Statistics 8(3):407-425 <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/57424> https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/57424 en_US 1343 bytes 15132218 bytes text/plain application/pdf application/pdf Allerton Press, Inc.

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/444822021-07-30T02:02:45Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_51534col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78545

Introduction: Human ecology in the Himalaya Fricke, Thomas E. Institute for Social Research, Department of Anthropology, The University of Michigan, 48106, Ann Arbor, Michigan Ann Arbor Process History Sociology Environmental Management Social Sciences, General Anthropology/Archaeometry Himalaya Mountain Adaptation Ecology and Evolutionary Biology Science Knowledge of human adaptation in the Himalayas has developed more slowly than that for other world mountain systems. At the same time, the opening of the region to research has focused attention toward description in a “natural history” mode until quite recently. Where these studies have addressed issues of adaptation they have tended to do so more as a heuristic tool rather than in terms of contributing to the development of adaptive perspectives from a uniquely Himalayan vantage point. The contributions to this special issue suggest some of Himalayan cultural ecology's new themes as it more directly assumes a truly processual approach that incorporates the individual and domestic dimensions of adaptation within historical and social contexts . Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/44482/1/10745_2004_Article_BF00889710.pdf 2006-09-11T14:52:03Z 2006-09-11T14:52:03Z 1989-06 Article Fricke, Thomas; (1989). "Introduction: Human ecology in the Himalaya." Human Ecology 17(2): 131-145. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/44482> 0300-7839 1572-9915 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/44482 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/BF00889710 Human Ecology en_US 999079 bytes 3115 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Kluwer Academic Publishers-Plenum Publishers; Plenum Publishing Corporation ; Springer Science+Business Media

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/630402021-09-30T21:36:48Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78545

Design and field procedures in the US National Comorbidity Survey Replication Adolescent Supplement (NCS-A) Kessler, Ronald C. Avenevoli, Shelli Costello, E. Jane Green, Jennifer Greif Gruber, Michael J. Heeringa, Steven G. Merikangas, Kathleen R. Pennell, Beth-Ellen Sampson, Nancy A. Zaslavsky, Alan M. Survey Research Center, Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan Survey Research Center, Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan Department of Health Care Policy, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, USA ; Department of Health Care Policy, Harvard Medical School, 180 Longwood Avenue, Boston, MA 02115, USA Division of Developmental Translational Research, National Institute of Mental Health Center for Developmental Epidemiology, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Duke University Medical School Department of Health Care Policy, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, USA Department of Health Care Policy, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, USA Section on Developmental Genetic Epidemiology, Intramural Research Branch, National Institute of Mental Health Department of Health Care Policy, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, USA Department of Health Care Policy, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, USA Psychology Psychiatry Health Sciences An overview is presented of the design and field procedures of the US National Comorbidity Survey Replication Adolescent Supplement (NCS-A), a US face-to-face household survey of the prevalence and correlates of DSM-IV mental disorders. The survey was based on a dual-frame design that included 904 adolescent residents of the households that participated in the US National Comorbidity Survey Replication (85.9% response rate) and 9244 adolescent students selected from a nationally representative sample of 320 schools (74.7% response rate). After expositing the logic of dual-frame designs, comparisons are presented of sample and population distributions on Census socio-demographic variables and, in the school sample, school characteristics. These document only minor differences between the samples and the population. The results of statistical analysis of the bias-efficiency trade-off in weight trimming are then presented. These show that modest trimming meaningfully reduces mean squared error. Analysis of comparative sample efficiency shows that the household sample is more efficient than the school sample, leading to the household sample getting a higher weight relative to its size in the consolidated sample relative to the school sample. Taken together, these results show that the NCS-A is an efficient sample of the target population with good representativeness on a range of socio-demographic and geographic variables. Copyright © 2009 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/63040/1/279_ftp.pdf 2009-07-06T15:37:06Z 2010-08-02T17:56:56Z 2009-06 Article Kessler, Ronald C.; Avenevoli, Shelli; Costello, E. Jane; Green, Jennifer Greif; Gruber, Michael J.; Heeringa, Steven; Merikangas, Kathleen R.; Pennell, Beth-Ellen; Sampson, Nancy A.; Zaslavsky, Alan M. (2009). "Design and field procedures in the US National Comorbidity Survey Replication Adolescent Supplement (NCS-A)." International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research 18(2): 69-83. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/63040> 1049-8931 1557-0657 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/63040 19507169 10.1002/mpr.279 International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research IndexNoFollow 249040 bytes 3118 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/412142021-07-30T02:05:27Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_57738col_2027.42_40243col_2027.42_78565

Building Partnerships Among Social Science Researchers, Institution-based Repositories and Domain Specific Data Archives Green, Ann Gutmann, Myron P. Inter-university Consortium for Political and Social Research (ICPSR) Ann Arbor Repositories Data Archives Information and Library Science Social Sciences In developing and debating digital repositories, the digital library world has devoted more attention to their missions and roles in supporting access to and stewardship of academic research output than to discussing discipline, or domain, specific digital repositories. This is especially interesting, given that in social science these domain-specific repositories have been in existence for many decades. The goal of this paper is to juxtapose these two kinds of repositories and to suggest ways that they can help build partnerships between themselves and with the research community. It is based on the fundamental idea that all the parties involved share important goals, and that by working together these goals can be advanced successfully. The paper begins by characterizing the life cycle of social science research, before turning to key elements of the two different kinds of repositories, and our recommendation that researchers and the two different kinds of repositories can forge partnerships. The paper’s key message is that by visualizing the role of repositories explicitly in the life cycle of the social science research enterprise, the ways that the partnerships work will be clear. These workings can be seen as a sequence of reciprocal information flows between parties to the process, triggers that signal that one party or another has a task to perform, and hand-offs of information from one party to another that take place at crucial moments. This approach envisions both cooperation and specialization. The researcher produces the scientific product, both data and publications; the institutional repository has specialized knowledge of campus conditions and the opportunity to interact frequently with the researcher; and the domain-specific repository has specialized knowledge of approaches to data in a specific scientific field, for example domain-specific metadata standards, as well as the ability to give high-impact exposure to research products. http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/41214/1/dig-repositories-green-gutmann-072006.pdf 2006-08-08 2006-08-08 2006-08-07 Preprint also published as Green, Ann G., and Myron P. Gutmann. (2007) "Building Partnerships Among Social Science Researchers, Institution-based Repositories, and Domain Specific Data Archives." OCLC Systems and Services: International Digital Library Perspectives. 23: 35-53. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/41214> https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/41214 en_US 372742 bytes application/pdf application/pdf

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/385862021-07-30T02:06:01Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_35325col_2027.42_57418col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565

Ecological demography: A synthetic focus in evolutionary anthropology Low, Bobbi S. School of Natural Resources and Environment. University of Michigan ; Originally trained in evolutionary and behavioral ecology, she currently works on human resource ecology. Life and Medical Sciences Anthropology Anthropology Social Sciences The interests of evolutionary anthropologists, behavioral ecologists, and demographers converge on the ecology of human fertility. Ecological conditions influence the optimum pattern of maternal effort. Patterns of abortion, neglect, and infanticide vary with mothers' ability to invest in their children and children's ability to use that investment. As in most other mammals, the ecology of human fertility varies between the sexes: status and resource control are important for males, whereas reproductive value is crucial for females. In pre-industrial societies, and even in monogamous societies in demographic transition, wealthy men had more children than did poorer men. This correlation, often assumed to have disappeared, persists today, with richer men still having more sexual access than others. Sex differences in the ecology of fertility mean that sex of the offspring, as well as birth order, influences parental investment. Because individual fertility varies with environment, it is not surprising that “natural” (uncontrolled) fertility varies across societies or that demographic transitions proceed locally, with occasional reverses, as individuals strive to maximize their lifetime reproductive success in changing, competitive, conditions. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/38586/1/1360010507_ftp.pdf 2006-04-28T17:05:41Z 2006-04-28T17:05:41Z 1993 Article Low, Bobbi S. (1993)."Ecological demography: A synthetic focus in evolutionary anthropology." Evolutionary Anthropology: Issues, News, and Reviews 1(5): 177-187. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/38586> 1060-1538 1520-6505 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/38586 http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/evan.1360010507 Evolutionary Anthropology: Issues, News, and Reviews en_US IndexNoFollow 1461485 bytes 3118 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf John Wiley & Sons, Inc.

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/660632021-07-30T02:06:38Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_78366col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78382col_2027.42_78565col_2027.42_78545

Comparing Models of Frailty: The Health and Retirement Study Cigolle, Christine T. Ofstedal, Mary Beth Tian, Zhiyi Blaum, Caroline S. Department of Internal Medicine, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan; and Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center, Ann Arbor Veterans Affairs Healthcare System, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Department of Family Medicine , Institute for Social Research, and Frailty Disability Chronic Disease Geriatrics Health Sciences To operationalize and compare three models of frailty, each representing a distinct theoretical view of frailty: as deficiencies in function (Functional Domains model), as an index of health burden (Burden model), and as a biological syndrome (Biologic Syndrome model). DESIGN : Cross-sectional analysis. SETTING : 2004 wave of the Health and Retirement Study, a nationally representative, longitudinal health interview survey. PARTICIPANTS : Adults aged 65 and older (N=11,113) living in the community and in nursing homes in the United States. MEASUREMENTS : The outcome measure was the presence of frailty, as defined according to each frailty model. Covariates included chronic diseases and sociodemographic characteristics. RESULTS : Almost one-third (30.2%) of respondents were frail according to at least one model; 3.1% were frail according to all three models. The Functional Domains model showed the least overlap with the other models. In contrast, 76.1% of those classified as frail according to the Biologic Syndrome model and 72.1% of those according to the Burden model were also frail according to at least one other model. Older adults identified as frail according to the different models differed in sociodemographic and chronic disease characteristics. For example, the Biologic Syndrome model demonstrated substantial associations with older age (adjusted odds ratio (OR)=10.6, 95% confidence interval (CI)=6.1–18.5), female sex (OR=1.7, 95% CI=1.2–2.5), and African-American ethnicity (OR=2.1, % CI=1.0–4.4). CONCLUSION : Different models of frailty, based on different theoretical constructs, capture different groups of older adults. The different models may represent different frailty pathways or trajectories to adverse outcomes such as disability and death. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/66063/1/j.1532-5415.2009.02225.x.pdf 2010-04-01T15:34:39Z 2010-04-01T15:34:39Z 2009-05 Article Cigolle, Christine T.; Ofstedal, Mary Beth; Tian, Zhiyi; Blaum, Caroline S. (2009). "Comparing Models of Frailty: The Health and Retirement Study." Journal of the American Geriatrics Society 57(5): 830-839. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/66063> 0002-8614 1532-5415 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/66063 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/sites/entrez?cmd=retrieve&db=pubmed&list_uids=19453306&dopt=citation 19453306 10.1111/j.1532-5415.2009.02225.x Journal of the American Geriatrics Society Ferrucci L, Guralnik JM, Studenski S et al. Designing randomized, controlled trials aimed at preventing or delaying functional decline and disability in frail, older persons : A consensus report. J Am Geriatr Soc 2004 ; 52 : 625 – 634. Levers MJ, Estabrooks CA, Ross Kerr JC. Factors contributing to frailty : Literature review. J Adv Nurs 2006 ; 56 : 282 – 291. Markle-Reid M, Browne G. Conceptualizations of frailty in relation to older adults. J Adv Nurs 2003 ; 44 : 58 – 68. Walston J, Hadley EC, Ferrucci L et al. Research agenda for frailty in older adults : Toward a better understanding of physiology and etiology: Summary from the American Geriatrics Society/National Institute on aging research conference on frailty in older adults. J Am Geriatr Soc 2006 ; 54 : 991 – 1001. Volpi E, Nazemi R, Fujita S. Muscle tissue changes with aging. Curr Opin Clin Nutr Metab Care 2004 ; 7 : 405 – 410. Roubenoff R, Harris TB. Failure to thrive, sarcopenia and functional decline in the elderly. Clin Geriatr Med 1997 ; 13 : 613 – 622. Karlamangla AS, Singer BH, McEwen BS et al. Allostatic load as a predictor of functional decline. MacArthur Studies of Successful Aging. J Clin Epidemiol 2002 ; 55 : 696 – 710. Strawbridge WJ, Shema SJ, Balfour JL et al. Antecedents of frailty over three decades in an older cohort. J Gerontol B Psychol Sci Soc Sci 1998 ; 53B : S9 – S16. Rockwood K, Andrew M, Mitnitski A. A comparison of two approaches to measuring frailty in elderly people. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci 2007 ; 62A : 738 – 743. 10.  Canadian Study of Health and Aging : Study methods and prevalence of dementia. Can Med Assoc J 1994 ; 150 : 899 – 913. Rockwood K, Song X, MacKnight C et al. A global clinical measure of fitness and frailty in elderly people. Can Med Assoc J 2005 ; 173 : 489 – 495. Fried LP, Ferrucci L, Darer J et al. Untangling the concepts of disability, frailty, and comorbidity : Implications for improved targeting and care. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci 2004 ; 59A : 255 – 263. Fried LP, Tangen CM, Walston J et al. Frailty in older adults : Evidence for a phenotype. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci 2001 ; 56A : M146 – M156. Fried LP, Borhani NO, Enright P et al. The Cardiovascular Health Study : Design and rationale. Ann Epidemiol 1991 ; 1 : 263 – 276. Bandeen-Roche K, Xue QL, Ferrucci L et al. Phenotype of frailty : Characterization in the Women's Health and Aging Studies. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci 2006 ; 61A : 262 – 266. Juster FT, Suzman R. An overview of the Health and Retirement Study. J Hum Resour 1995 ; 30 ( Supplement ) : S7 – S56. Soldo BJ, Hurd MD, Rodgers WL et al. Asset and health dynamics among the oldest old : An overview of the AHEAD study. J Gerontol B Psychol Sci Soc Sci 1997 ; 52 Spec No : 1 – 20. Orme JG, Reis J, Herz EJ. Factorial and discriminant validity of the Center for Epidemiological Studies Depression (CES-D) scale. J Clin Psychol 1986 ; 42 : 28 – 33. Siscovick DS, Fried L, Mittelmark M et al. Exercise intensity and subclinical cardiovascular disease in the elderly. The Cardiovascular Health Study. Am J Epidemiol 1997 ; 145 : 977 – 986. Taylor HL, Jacobs DR Jr, Schucker B et al. A questionnaire for the assessment of leisure time physical activities. J Chronic Dis 1978 ; 31 : 741 – 755. Ainsworth BE, Haskell WL, Leon AS et al. Compendium of physical activities : Classification of energy costs of human physical activities. Med Sci Sports Exerc 1993 ; 25 : 71 – 80. Cigolle CT, Langa KM, Kabeto MU et al. Setting eligibility criteria for a care-coordination benefit. J Am Geriatr Soc 2005 ; 53 : 2051 – 2059. Cigolle CT, Langa KM, Kabeto MU et al. Geriatric conditions and disability : The Health and Retirement Study. Ann Intern Med 2007 ; 147 : 156 – 164. Folstein MF, Folstein SE, McHugh PR. “Mini-mental state”. A practical method for grading the cognitive state of patients for the clinician. J Psychiatr Res 1975 ; 12 : 189 – 198. Blaum CS, Ofstedal MB, Liang J. Low cognitive performance, comorbid disease, and task-specific disability : Findings from a nationally representative survey. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci 2002 ; 57A : M523 – M531. Herzog AR, Wallace RB. Measures of cognitive functioning in the AHEAD Study. J Gerontol B Psychol Sci Soc Sci 1997 ; 52 Spec No : 37 – 48. Langa KM, Chernew ME, Kabeto MU et al. National estimates of the quantity and cost of informal caregiving for the elderly with dementia. J Gen Intern Med 2001 ; 16 : 770 – 778. Berkman LF, Breslow L. Health and Ways of Living: The Alameda County Study. New York : Oxford University Press, 1983. Kulminski AM, Ukraintseva SV, Akushevich IV et al. Cumulative index of health deficiencies as a characteristic of long life. J Am Geriatr Soc 2007 ; 55 : 935 – 940. Mitnitski A, Song X, Skoog I et al. Relative fitness and frailty of elderly men and women in developed countries and their relationship with mortality. J Am Geriatr Soc 2005 ; 53 : 2184 – 2189. Woods NF, LaCroix AZ, Gray SL et al. Frailty : Emergence and consequences in women aged 65 and older in the Women's Health Initiative Observational Study. J Am Geriatr Soc 2005 ; 53 : 1321 – 1330. Ensrud KE, Ewing SK, Taylor BC et al. Comparison of 2 frailty indexes for prediction of falls, disability, fractures, and death in older women. Arch Intern Med 2008 ; 168 : 382 – 389. Ensrud KE, Ewing SK, Taylor BC et al. Frailty and risk of falls, fracture, and mortality in older women : The Study of Osteoporotic Fractures. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci 2007 ; 62 : 744 – 751. Cawthon PM, Marshall LM, Michael Y et al. Frailty in older men : Prevalence, progression, and relationship with mortality. J Am Geriatr Soc 2007 ; 55 : 1216 – 1223. Martin FC, Brighton P. Frailty : Different tools for different purposes? Age Ageing 2008 ; 37 : 129 – 131. Inouye SK, Studenski S, Tinetti ME et al. Geriatric syndromes : Clinical, research, and policy implications of a core geriatric concept. J Am Geriatr Soc 2007 ; 55 : 780 – 791. Hirsch C, Anderson ML, Newman A et al. The association of race with frailty : The Cardiovascular Health Study. Ann Epidemiol 2006 ; 16 : 545 – 553. Studenski S, Hayes RP, Leibowitz RQ et al. Clinical global impression of change in physical frailty : Development of a measure based on clinical judgment. J Am Geriatr Soc 2004 ; 52 : 1560 – 1566. Saliba D, Elliott M, Rubenstein LZ et al. The Vulnerable Elders Survey : A tool for identifying vulnerable older people in the community. J Am Geriatr Soc 2001 ; 49 : 1691 – 1699. Carey EC, Covinsky KE, Lui LY et al. Prediction of mortality in community-living frail elderly people with long-term care needs. J Am Geriatr Soc 2008 ; 56 : 68 – 75. Journal compilation 2009 The American Geriatrics Society/Wiley Periodicals, Inc. IndexNoFollow 172266 bytes 3110 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Blackwell Publishing Inc

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/730492021-07-30T02:07:47Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_78565

Transportation Brokerage Services and Medicaid Beneficiaries' Access to Care Kim, Jinkyung Norton, Edward C. Stearns, Sally C. Department of Health Management and Policy and Department of Economics, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI , Department of Hospital Management, Konyang University, 119 Daehangro, Nonsan 320-711, Korea , Department of Health Policy and Administration, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC Nonemergency Medical Transportation Capitated Transportation Payments Health Care Expenditures Public Health Health Sciences To examine the effect of capitated transportation brokerage services on Medicaid beneficiaries' access to care and expenditures. Data Sources/Study Setting . The study period from 1996 to 1999 corresponds to the period of a natural experiment during which Georgia and Kentucky implemented transportation brokerage services. Effects were estimated for asthmatic children and diabetic adults. Study Design . We used difference-in-differences models to assess the effects of transportation brokerage services on access to care, measured by Medicaid expenditures and health services use. The study design is strengthened by the staggered implementation dates between states and within each state. Principal Findings . For asthmatic children, transportation brokerage services increased nonemergency transportation expenditures and the likelihood of using any services; reductions in monthly expenditures more than offsetting the increased transportation costs. For diabetic adults, nonemergency transportation costs decreased despite increased monthly use of health services; average monthly medical expenditures and the likelihood of hospital admission for an ambulatory care-sensitive condition (ACSC) also decreased. Conclusions . The shift to transportation brokerage services improved access to care among Medicaid beneficiaries and decreased the expenditures. The increase in access combined with reduced hospitalizations for asthmatic children and ACSC admissions for diabetic adults are suggestive of improvements in health outcomes. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/73049/1/j.1475-6773.2008.00907.x.pdf 2010-06-01T19:55:11Z 2010-06-01T19:55:11Z 2009-02 Article Kim, Jinkyung; Norton, Edward C.; Stearns, Sally C. (2009). "Transportation Brokerage Services and Medicaid Beneficiaries' Access to Care." Health Services Research 44(1): 145-161. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/73049> 0017-9124 1475-6773 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/73049 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/sites/entrez?cmd=retrieve&db=pubmed&list_uids=18823447&dopt=citation 18823447 10.1111/j.1475-6773.2008.00907.x Health Services Research Ai, C., and E. C. Norton. 2000. “ Standard Errors for the Retransformation Problem with Heteroscedasticity.” Journal of Health Economics 19 ( 5 ): 697 – 718. Ai, C., and E. C. Norton. 2003. “ Interaction Terms in Logit and Probit Models.” Economics Letters 80 ( 1 ): 123 – 9. Arcury, T. A., W. M. Gesler, J. S. Preisser, J. Sherman, and J. Perin. 2005. “ The Effects of Geography and Spatial Behavior on Health Care Utilization among the Residents of a Rural Region.” Health Services Research 40 ( 1 ): 135 – 55. Baren, J. M., F. S. Shofer, B. Ivey, S. Reinhard, J. DeGeus, S. A. Stahmer, R. Panettieri, and J. E. Hollander. 2001. “ A Randomized, Controlled Trial of a Simple Emergency Department Intervention to Improve the Rate of Primary Care Follow-Up for Patients with Acute Asthma Exacerbations.” Annals of Emergency Medicine 38 ( 2 ): 115 – 22. Bureau of Labor Statistics. 2004. “Consumer Price Index—All Urban Consumers” [accessed 2004]. Available at http://www.bls.gov/data/ Dai, C. 2005. “The Efficiency of Organizational Forms: Evidence from Florida's Non-Emergency Medicaid Transportation Programs.” (Submitted for publication.) Duan, N. 1983. “ Smearing Estimate—A Nonparametric Retransformation Method.” Journal of the American Statistical Association 78 ( 383 ): 605 – 10. Duan, N., W. G. Manning, C. N. Morris, and J. P. Newhouse. 1984. “ Choosing between the Sample-Selection and Multi-Part Model.” Journal of Business and Economic Statistics 2 ( 3 ): 283 – 9. Hager, G., T. Hewlett, L. Atchley, and S. Otto. 2004. “Human Service Transportation Delivery: System Faces Quality, Coordination, and Utilization Challenges.” Research Report No. 319. Frankfort, KY: Legislative Research Commission. Johnson, W. G., and M. E. Rimsza. 2004. “ The Effects of Access to Pediatric Care and Insurance Coverage on Emergency Department Utilization.” Pediatrics 113: 483 – 7. Kulkarni, M. P. 2000. “Fact Sheet: Medicaid Transportation Services.” National Health Law Program. Lo Sasso, A., and T. C. Buchmueller. 2004. “ The Effect of the State Children's Health Insurance Program on Health Insurance Coverage.” Journal of Health Economics 23 ( 5 ): 1059 – 82. Manning, W. G. 1998. “ The Logged Dependent Variable, Heteroscedasticity, and the Retransformation Problem.” Journal of Health Economics 17 ( 3 ): 283 – 95. Messeri, P. A., D. M. Abramson, A. Aidala, F. Lee, and G. Lee. 2002. “ The Impact of Ancillary HIV Services on Engagement in Medical Care in New York City.” AIDS Care 14 ( suppl 1 ): S15 – 29. Mofidi, M., R. G. Rozier, and R. S. King. 2002. “ Problems with Access to Dental Care for Medicaid-Insured Children: What Caregivers Think.” American Journal of Public Health 92 ( 1 ): 53 – 8. Nemet, G. F., and A. J. Bailey. 2000. “ Distance and Health Care Utilization among the Rural Elderly.” Social Science and Medicine 50 ( 9 ): 1197 – 208. Norton, E. C., H. Wang, and C. Ai. 2004. “ Computing Interaction Effects and Standard Errors in Logit and Probit Models.” Stata Journal 4 ( 2 ): 154 – 67. O'Connell, L., T. Grossardt, B. Siria, S. Marchand, and M. McDorman. 2002. “ Efficiency through Accountability: Some Lessons from Kentucky's Improved Medicaid Transit Service.” Journal of Transportation and Statistics 5 ( 2/3 ): 73 – 81. Rafael, D. 2001. Medicaid Transportation: Assuring Access to Health Care. A Primer for States, Health Plans, Providers and Advocates. Washington, DC: Community Transportation Association of America (CTAA). Saunders, C. E. 1987. “ Patient Compliance in Filling Prescriptions after Discharge from the Emergency Department.” American Journal of Emergency Medicine 5 ( 4 ): 283 – 6. Tierney, W. M., L. E. Harris, D. L. Gaskins, X. H. Zhou, G. J. Eckert, A. S. Bates, and F. D. Wolinsky. 2000. “ Restricting Medicaid Payments for Transportation: Effects on Inner-City Patients' Health Care.” American Journal of the Medical Sciences 319 ( 5 ): 326 – 33. Wilson, G., P. Nutt, L. Atchley, D. Huddleston, M. Clark, T. Hewlett, and J. Hood. 2000. Progress Report on Coordinated Human Service Transportation System. Frankfort, KY: Legislative Research Commission, Program Review and Investigations Committee. Wilson, K. M., and D. K. Jonathan. 2000. “ Adolescents Who Use the Emergency Department as Their Usual Source of Care.” Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine 154: 361 – 5. © 2009 Health Research and Education Trust 140095 bytes 3109 bytes application/pdf text/plain application/pdf Blackwell Publishing Inc

oai:deepblue.lib.umich.edu:2027.42/671982021-10-11T21:40:29Zcom_2027.42_13913col_2027.42_21621col_2027.42_117532col_2027.42_78565

Survival Curves, Prevalence Rates, and Dark Matters Therein Verbrugge, Lois M. University of Michigan Geriatrics Public Health Health Sciences Survival curves are a visual aid to help us think about interrelationships between chronic morbidity, disability, and mortality. Prevalence rates indicate a population's morbidity and disability status at given times. The curves and rates are both residues of very dynamic processes: Chronic conditions may be alleviated as well as progress; functions may be restored as well as lost. The dynamics can be represented by transition rates between states; transition rates can vary across population groups (heterogeneity). Contemporary data and life table techniques are advancing to measure morbidity-disability-mortality dynamics and summarize them in statistical manner. Topics that remain elusive or overlooked are comorbidity, nonfatal chronic conditions, frailty, generalized symptoms, and difficulty in many activity domains; these are dark matters. Future scenarios of health depend on premises about where prevention of chronic conditions will occur. I present three basic scenarios (one includes the compression of morbidity) and note their implications for transitions between states and for morbidity and disability prevalence rates. Compression of morbidity is an intriguing notion, but to know if it occurs or not over the next century requires a deep foundation of epidemiologic data and analysis, and that is where scientific efforts must be devoted. Peer Reviewed http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/2027.42/67198/2/10.1177_089826439100300206.pdf 2010-04-13T19:14:22Z 2010-04-13T19:14:22Z 1991 Article Verbrugge, Lois (1991). "Survival Curves, Prevalence Rates, and Dark Matters Therein." Journal of Aging and Health 3(2): 217-236. <http://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/67198> 0898-2643 https://hdl.handle.net/2027.42/67198 10.1177/089826439100300206 Journal of Aging and Health Alter, G., & Riley, J. C. (1989). Frailty, sickness, and death: Models of morbidity and mortality in historical populations. Population Studies, 43, 25-45. Branch, L. G., & Ku, L. (1989). Transition probabilities to dependency, institutionalization, and death among the elderly over a decade. Journal of Aging and Health, 1, 370-408. Colvez, A., & Blanchet, M. (1981). Disability trends in the United States population 1966-76: Analysis of reported causes. American Journal of Public Health, 71, 464-471. Crimmins, E. M. (1981). The changing pattern of American mortality decline, 1940-77, and its implications for the future. Population and Development Review, 7, 229-254. Crimmins, E. M. (1984). Life expectancy and the older population. Research on Aging, 6, 490-514. Elandt-Johnson, R., & Johnson, N. L. (1980). Survival models and data analysis. New York: Wiley. Feinleib, M., & Wilson, R. W. (1985). Trends in health in the United States. Environmental Health Perspectives, 62, 267-276. Feldman, J. J. (1983). Work ability of the aged under conditions of improving mortality. Milbank Quarterly/Health and Society, 61, 430-444. Fries, J. F. (1980). Aging, natural death, and the compression of morbidity.New England Journal of Medicine, 303, 130-135. Fries, J. F. (1983). The compression of morbidity. Milbank Quarterly/Health and Society, 61, 397-419. Fries, J. F. (1989). The compression of morbidity: Near or far?Milbank Quarterly/Health and Society, 67,208-232. Guralnik, J. M., & Kaplan, G. A. (1989). Predictors of healthy aging: Prospective evidence from the Alameda County Study. American Journal of Public Health, 79, 703-708. Haber, L. D. (1971). Disabling effects of chronic disease and impairment. Journal of Chronic Diseases, 24, 469-487. Harris, T., Kovar, M. G., Suzman, R., Kleinman, J. C., & Feldman, J. J. (1989). Longitudinal study of physical ability in the oldest-old. American Journal of Public Health, 79, 698-702. Hayward, M. D., & Grady, W. R. (1990). Work and retirement among a cohort of older men in the United States, 1966-1983. Demography, 27, 337-356. Hayward, M. D., Grady, W. R., Hardy, M. A., & Sommers, D. (1989). Occupational influences on retirement, disability, and death. Demography, 26,393-409. Kaplan, M. H., & Feinstein, A. R. (1974). The importance of classifying initial co-morbidity in evaluating the outcome of diabetes mellitus. Journal of Chronic Diseases, 27, 387-404. Katz, S., Branch, L. G., Branson, M. H., Papsidero, J. A., Beck, J. C., & Greer, D. S. (1983). Active life expectancy. New England Journal of Medicine, 309, 1218-1224. Land, K., & Rogers, A. (Eds.). (1982). Multidimensional mathematical demography. New York: Academic Press. La Plante, M. P. (1989). Disability risks of chronic illnesses and impairments (Disability Statistics Report, No. 2). San Francisco: University of California, Institute for Health and Aging. Manton, K. G. (1982). Changing concepts of morbidity and mortality in the elderly population. Milbank Quarterly/Health and Society, 60, 183-244. Manton, K. G. (1989). A longitudinal study of functional change and mortality in the United States. Journal of Gerontology: Social Sciences, 43, S153-161. Manton, K. G., & Soldo, B. J. (1985). Dynamics of health changes in the oldest old: New perspectives and evidence. Milbank Quarterly/Health and Society, 63, 206-285. Manton, K. G., & Stallard, E. (1984). Recent trends in mortality analysis. New York: Academic Press. Manton, K. G., & Stallard, E. (1988). Chronic disease modelling: Measurement and evaluation of the risks of chronic disease processes. New York: Oxford University Press. Minaker, K. L., & Rowe, J. W. (1985). Health and disease among the oldest old: A clinical perspective. Milbank Quarterly/Health and Society, 63, 324-349. Myers, G. C., & Manton, K. G. (1984a). Compression of mortality: Myth or reality?Gerontologist24, 346-353. Myers, G. C., & Manton, K. G. (1984b). Recent changes in the U.S. age at death distribution: Further observations. Gerontologist, 24, 572-575. Namboodiri, K., & Suchindran, C. M. (1987). Life table techniques and their applications. New York: Academic Press. Olshansky, S. J., & Ault, A. B. (1986). The fourth stage of the epidemiologic transition: The age of delayed degenerative diseases. Milbank Quarterly/Health and Society, 64, 355-391. Pinsky, J., Leaverton, P., & Stokes, J. (1987). Predictors of good function: The Framingham Study. Journal of Chronic Diseases, 40(Suppl. 1), 159S-167S. Pollard, A. H., Yusuf, F., & Pollard, G. N. (1974). Demographic techniques. Rushcutters Bay, NSW, Australia: Pergamon. Poterba, J. M., & Summers, L. H. (1987). Public policy implications of declining old-age mortality. In G. Burtless (Ed.), Work health, and income among the elderly (pp. 19-58). Washington, DC: Brookings Institution. Rice, D. P., & La Plante, M. P. (1988). Chronic illness, disability, and increasing longevity. In S. Sullivan & M. Ein Lewin (Eds.), The economics and ethics of long-term care and disability (pp. 9-55). Washington, DC: American Enterprise Institute. Rogers, A. (1975). Introduction to multiregional mathematical demography. New York: Wiley. Rogers, A. (1980). Introduction to multistate mathematical demography. Environment and Planning, A-II, 489-498. Rogers, A., Rogers, R. G., & Branch, L. G. (1989). Amultistate analysis of active life expectancy. Public Health Reports, 104, 222-226. Rogers, R. G., Rogers, A., & Belanger, A. (1989). Active life among the elderly in the United States: Multistate life table estimates and population projections. Milbank Quarterly/Health and Society, 67, 370-411. Rosenwaike, I., Yaffe, N., & Sagi, P. C. (1980). The recent decline in mortality of the extreme aged: An analysis of statistical data. American Journal of Public Health, 70, 1074-1080. Rowe, J. W., & Besdine, R. W. (1982). Health and disease in old age. Boston: Little, Brown. Satariano, W. A., Ragheb, N. E., & Dupuis, M. H. (1989). Comorbidity in older women with breast cancer: An epidemiologic approach. In R. Yancik & R. Yates (Eds.), Cancer in the elderly: Approaches to early detection and treatment (pp. 71-107). New York: Springer. Schoen, R. (1988a). Practical uses of multistate population models. In W. R. Scott & J. Blake (Eds.), Annual review of sociology (Vol. 14, pp. 341-361). Palo Alto, CA: Annual Reviews. Schoen, R. (1988b). Modeling multigroup populations. New York: Plenum. Seeman, T. E., Guralnik, J. M., Kaplan, G. A., Knudsen, L., & Cohen, R. (1989). The health consequences of multiple morbidity in the elderly: The Alameda County Study. Journal of Aging and Health1, 50-66. Soldo, B. J., & Manton, K. G. (1985). Health status and service needs of the oldest old: Current patterns and future needs. Milbank Quarterly/Health and Society, 63, 286-319. Spector, W. D., Katz, S., Murphy, J. B., & Fulton, J. P. (1987). The hierarchical relationship between activities of daily living and instrumental activities of daily living. Journal of Chronic Diseases, 40, 481-489. Stockwell, E. G. (1976). The methods and materials of demography. New York: Academic Press. Vaupel, J. W., Manton, K. G., & Stallard, E. (1979). The impact of heterogeneity in individual frailty on the dynamics of mortality. Demography, 16,439-454. Vaupel, J. W., & Yashin, A. I. (1987). Repeated resuscitation: How lifesaving alters life tables. Demography, 24, 123-135. Verbrugge, L. M. (1984). Longer life but worsening health? Trends in health and mortality of middle-aged and older persons. Milbank Quarterly/Health and Society, 62, 475-519. Verbrugge, L. M. (1987). From sneezes to adieux: Stages of health for American men and women. In R. A. Ward & S. S. Tobin (Eds.), Health in aging: Sociological issues and policy directions (pp. 17-57). New York: Springer. Verbrugge, L. M. (1989a). Gender, aging, and health. In K. S. Markides (Ed.),Aging and health: Perspectives on gender, race, ethnicity, and class (pp. 23-78). Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Verbrugge, L. M. (1989b). Recent, present, and future health of American adults. In L. Breslow, J. E. Fielding, & L. B. Lave (Eds.), Annual review of public health (Vol. 10, pp. 333-361). Palo Alto, CA: Annual Reviews. Verbrugge, L. M. (in press). Disability transitions for older persons with arthritis. Journal of Aging and Health. Verbrugge, L. M. (1990). The iceberg of disability. In S. M. Stahl (Ed.), The legacy of longevity (pp. 55-75). Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Verbrugge, L. M., Lepkowski, J. M., & Imanaka, Y. (1989). Comorbidity and its impact on disability. Milbank Quarterly/Health and Society, 67, 450-484. Wilkin, J. C. (1982). Recent trends in mortality of the aged. Transactions of the Society of Actuaries, 33, 11-62. Ycas, M. A. (1987). Recent trends in health near the age of retirement: New findings from the Health Interview Survev. Social Security Bulletin, 50(2), 5-30. 3108 bytes 1607577 bytes text/plain application/pdf application/pdf Sage Publications oai_dc///col_2027.42_78565/100